Home

Saturn 2004 Ion Automobile User Manual

1. 152 Automatic Headlamp System n a 153 Interior LAMPS 2 dne inaa 153 Instrument Panel Brightness 0 153 Dome Lamp ccccceeeeeeceeeeeeeceateeeeeeeeaees 154 Entry Lighting cisrenan 154 Map Lamps 22226528 ASKEN KAREN SEERNES 154 Battery Run Down Protection 154 Accessory Power Outlet s u u dsseeee 154 Cigarette Lighter 2522 Eee re ele ni 155 Instrument Panel Climate Controls 156 Climate Control System n a 156 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 161 Instrument Panel Cluster n 162 Speedometer and Odometer 163 Trip Odometer u u sseeeserereeere rn rrsrenee 163 Tachometer 5450 os 163 Safety Belt Reminder Light 0 00 164 Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light 164 Airbag Readiness Light cee 165 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 166 Battery Warning Light eee 168 Brake System Warning Light 0 169 Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light 170 Traction Control System TCS Warming LONT core ents 171 Low Traction Light pecssscnionaniirsenni 171 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light ERE see Nee a Sa DEER NEUES ES SEE Er 172 Low Coolant Warning Light u u v ccse 172 Malfunction Indicator Lamp ssec 173 Oil Pressure Light cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 176 139 Section 3 Instrument Panel Change Engine Oil Light W u s dsssce
2. ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 163 Tachometer seenen nana 163 Gage Charge ASSist W u u dcdsseeeerreeeneer eneen 182 Garment HOOKS 22 IA nera 135 Gasoline OCTANE basssiiivadeadiessstdeems teed es 289 Specifications W u u u s dsseseseeeeerrereren eerren 289 Gate Ajar Light ssrssisisenooriniiruusssseieinias 179 GIOVE BOX sanoen anesan ai 134 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 413 430 H Hazard Warning Flashers u u u u s dcseereeeerrrene 144 Head Restraints eeen 15 Headlamp AMING rarere 328 HeadlampS 222 arsen canini 151 331 Automatic Headlamp System 008 153 Bulb Replacement aiaee 331 Daytime Running Lamps ceecee 152 Flashto PasS rarere 146 Front Turn Signal and Parking Lamps 334 Halogen Bulbs scce 331 High Low Beam Changer scce 146 Heated Seats cccccececccceseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeenaees 11 Heater ecient RENE ER SES REED a RENE SEEREN DE SENERE 156 Height Adjuster Driver Seat cee 10 Highbeam On Light aaeeea 178 Highway Hypnosis 254 Hill and Mountain Roads 255 Hill Start Assist Light sssisisesiiissimai nnn 183 Hood Checking Things Under s es 294 Release GuGw uvsvssssssseereere renerne rener 295 Hood Ajar Light os in ane neger 184 POM E TE E E E E FEER 144 How to Use This Manual s es 4 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 26 Ignition Positions eee 111 Infants and Young Children Restraints 47 Inflation T
3. 172 Heater Engine cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 116 Low Warning Light eeeeeeeeeeeneeees 172 Surge Tank Pressure Cap cesses 309 Cooling System cccceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 311 427 Cruise Control ie ccsccdicsccesvcccacseacdecesdcdvccsasdnetes 148 Cupholder S usien 134 Customer Assistance Information Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users n on 412 Customer Assistance Offices 0 008 412 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 408 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 413 Reporting Safety Defects to Saturn 423 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government eeeee 422 Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government 08 422 Roadside Assistance Program 00 413 Service Publications Ordering Information ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeees 423 D Daytime Running Lamps ceeeeeeeeeees 152 Daytime Running Lamps Indicator Light 179 Defensive Driving cseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeneeeees 233 Delayed LOCKING ceeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeeaeeeeees 104 DISC MP E 205 Doing Your Own Service Work n se 288 428 Dome Lamp soner 154 Door Delayed LOCKING ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 104 LOCKS vied annctuseccansessvenqsanancatenaiacansbesaensabants 103 Power Door LOCKS cceseeeeeeeeeeeeees 104 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 104 Rear
4. Turn the bulb assembly clockwise until seated Reverse the steps to reinstall the headlamp assembly Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL To replace a CHMSL bulb do the following 1 Remove the center high mounted stoplamp CHMSL fasteners from the outside of the vehicle 2 Pull the CHMSL out of the liftgate 3 Disconnect the rear washer hose from the rear washer nozzle 4 Disconnect the electrical connector from the CHMSL Depress the tabs on the CHMSL lens to separate the CHMSL bulb from the CHMSL lens Pull the CHMSL bulb out of the assembly Replace the old bulb with a new one Align the tabs on the CHMSL lens with the CHMSL bulb assembly and push to install Reverse Steps 1 through 4 to reinstall the CHMSL assembly 335 Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Back up Lamps To replace one of these bulbs do the following 1 Open the liftgate See Liftgate on page 106 for more information 2 Remove the two screws retaining the taillamp assembly 3 Slide the taillamp assembly rearward and away from the vehicle 4 Disconnect the electrical connector and remove it from the taillamp assembly 336 Turn the bulb socket being replaced counterclockwise to disconnect it Pull the bulb out of the bulb socket 7 Push the new bulb into the bulb socket Reverse Steps 2 through 4 to reinstall the taillamp assembly License Plate Lamp Replacement Bulbs T
5. e Stay in your own lane when driving on two lane roads in hills or mountains Do not swing wide or cut across the center of the road Drive at speeds that let you stay in your own lane e As you go over the top of a hill be alert There could be something in your lane like a stalled car or an accident e You may see highway signs on mountains that warn of special problems Examples are long grades passing or no passing zones a falling rocks area or winding roads Be alert to these and take appropriate action Winter Driving Include an ice scraper a small brush or broom a supply of windshield washer fluid a rag some winter outer clothing a small shovel a flashlight a red cloth and reflective warning triangles And if you will be driving under severe conditions include a small bag of sand a piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags to help provide traction Be sure you properly secure these items in your vehicle Here are some tips for winter driving e Have your vehicle in good shape for winter e You may want to put winter emergency supplies in your vehicle Also see Tires on page 339 257 Driving on Snow or Ice Most of the time those places where the tires meet the road probably have good traction However if there is snow or ice between the tires and the road you can have a very slippery situation You will have a lot less traction or grip and will need to be very careful
6. 262 Recovery Hook sasssssssssrsssrrriserrrnenrrrrnsernne 262 Loading Your Vehicle ceee 264 TOWING sone A TAA E 270 Towing Your Vehicle ceee 270 Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 270 TOWING a Trailer casevssecaceeveteapes sutmasew sawn says 274 231 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle Whenever we drive we are taking on an important responsibility This is true for any motor vehicle passenger car van truck sport utility Driver behavior the driving environment and the vehicle s design all affect how well a vehicle performs But statistics show that the most important factor by far is how we drive Knowing how these three factors work together can help you understand how your vehicle handles and what you can do to avoid many types of crashes including a rollover crash Driver Behavior The single most important thing is this everyone in the vehicle including the driver should buckle up See Safety Belts They Are for Everyone on page 20 In fact most serious injuries and fatalities to unbelted occupants can be reduced or prevented by the use of safety belts In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt In addition avoiding excessive speed sudden or abrupt turns 232 and drunken or aggressive driving can help make trips safer and avoid the possibility of a crash especially a rollover crash This section provides many usefu
7. This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates CAUTION Continued 56 CAUTION Continued This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat If your vehicle does not have a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint CAUTION Continued never put a child in a rear facing child restraint in the right front passenger seat unless the no system is fail safe and no one can passenger airbag status indicator shows off and guarantee that an airbag will not deploy the airbag is off Here is why under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend A CAU
8. 40 km h a 12 Ib 5 5 kg baby will suddenly become a 240 Ib 110 kg force on a person s arms A baby should be secured in an appropriate restraint 48 A CAUTION Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older children but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide 49 Q What are the different types of add on A 50 child restraints Add on child restraints which are purchased by the vehicle s owner are available in four basic types Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child s weight height and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used For most basic types of child restraints there are many different models available When purchasing a child restraint be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle If it is the restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards The restraint manufacturers instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint In addition there are many kinds of
9. If you are in an area of extreme cold where the temperature falls below 20 F 29 C it is recommended that you use either an SAE 5W 30 synthetic oil or an SAE OW 30 oil Both provide easier cold starting and better protection for the engine at extremely low temperatures Engine Oil Additives Do not add anything to the oil The recommended oils with the starburst symbol that meet GM Standard GM6094M are all you need for good performance and engine protection Engine Oil Life System When to Change Engine Oil Your vehicle has a computer system that lets you know when to change the engine oil and filter This is based on engine revolutions and engine temperature and not on mileage Based on driving conditions the mileage at which an oil change will be indicated can vary considerably For the oil life system to work properly you must reset the system every time the oil is changed 300 When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished it will indicate that an oil change is necessary A change engine oil light will come on See Change Engine Oil Light on page 177 Change your oil as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the oil life system may not indicate that an oil change is necessary for over a year However your engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset
10. The wires do not have a connector and should be wired to the trailer by a qualified electrical technician The technician can use the following information when connecting a trailer wiring harness to your vehicle e Yellow Left Turn Signal e Brown Parking Lamps e Light Blue Stop Lamps e Black Ground Wire e Dark Green Right Turn Signal When connecting a trailer harness be sure you leave it loose enough so the wiring does not bend or break but not so loose that it drags on the ground Store the harness in the storage compartment on the driver s side of the cargo area when the harness is not in use Wrap the harness together and tie it neatly so it will not be damaged Section 5 Service and Appearance Care SORVICS orane ere r EEA 287 Accessories and Modifications 287 California Proposition 65 Warning 288 Doing Your Own Service Work 65 288 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 289 Fuel gegiiecesrcnviseentiteenvmetiatiidesdaeeses 289 Gasoline Octane ccecceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeees 289 Gasoline Specifications essere 289 California Fuel cccccecesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 290 Additives aoiseanna aE aa a 290 Fuels in Foreign Countries a 291 Filling the Tank sssesssescrrresnrrrrssrrrrensrrne 292 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 294 Checking Things Under the Hood 294
11. GM s exclusive TPC Spec system considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall performance of your vehicle including brake system performance ride and handling traction control and tire pressure monitoring performance GM s TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire s sidewall by the tire manufacturer If the tires have an all season tread design the TPC spec number will be followed by a MS for mud and snow See Tire Sidewall Labeling on page 340 for additional information 350 A CAUTION Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while driving If you mix tires of different sizes brands or types radial and bias belted tires the vehicle may not handle properly and you could have a crash Using tires of different sizes brands or types may also cause damage to your vehicle Be sure to use the correct size brand and type of tires on your vehicle s wheels A CAUTION If you use bias ply tires on your vehicle the wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after many miles of driving A tire and or wheel could fail suddenly causing a crash Use only radial ply tires with the wheels on your vehicle If you must replace your vehicle s tires with those that do not have a TPC Spec number make sure they are the same size load range speed rating and construction type radial and bias belted tires as your vehicle s original tires Your vehicle s original equipment tires are listed
12. Information on how to obtain product bulletins and as described below is applicable only in the fifty U S states and the District of Columbia and only for cars and light trucks with a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR less than 10 000 pounds 4 536 kg Copies of individual bulletins are also at your participating Saturn retailer You can ask to see them In Canada information relating to product service bulletins can be obtained by contacting your Saturn retailer Service Bulletins Saturn regularly sends its retailers useful service bulletins about Saturn products Saturn monitors product performance in the field We then prepare bulletins for servicing our products better You can get these bulletins too 424 Bulletins cover various subjects Some pertain to the proper use and care of your vehicle Some describe costly repairs Others describe inexpensive repairs which if done on time with the latest parts may avoid future costly repairs Some bulletins tell a technician how to repair a new or unexpected condition Others describe a quicker way to fix your vehicle They can help a technician service your vehicle better Most bulletins apply to conditions affecting a small number of vehicles Your Saturn retailer or a qualified technician may have to determine if a specific bulletin applies to your vehicle To order Saturn bulletins call Saturn Publications at 1 800 2 SATURN or visit www saturn publications com to
13. With safety belts you slow down as the vehicle does You get more time to stop You stop over more distance and your strongest bones take the forces That is why safety belts make such good sense Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q A Will be trapped in the vehicle after an accident if am wearing a safety belt You could be whether you are wearing a safety belt or not But you can unbuckle a safety belt even if you are upside down And your chance of being conscious during and after an accident so you can unbuckle and get out is much greater if you are belted If my vehicle has airbags why should have to wear safety belts Airbags are supplemental systems only so they work with safety belts not instead of them Every airbag system ever offered for sale has required the use of safety belts Even if you are in a vehicle that has airbags you still have to buckle up to get the most protection That is true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other collisions Q If I am a good driver and I never drive far from home why should I wear safety belts A You may be an excellent driver but if you are in an accident even one that is not your fault you and your passengers can be hurt Being a good driver does not protect you from things beyond your control such as bad drivers Most accidents occur within 25 miles 40 km of home And the greatest number of
14. and your parking brake is firmly set before you leave it After you have moved the shift lever into PARK P hold the regular brake pedal down Then see if you can move the shift lever away from PARK P without first pushing the button If you can it means that the shift lever was not fully locked into PARK P Torque Lock If you are parking on a hill and you do not shift your transaxle into PARK P properly the weight of the vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in the transaxle You may find it difficult to pull the shift lever out of PARK P This is called torque lock To prevent torque lock set the parking brake and then shift into PARK P properly before you leave the driver s seat To find out how see Shifting Into Park P on page 122 When you are ready to drive move the shift lever out of PARK P before you release the parking brake If torque lock does occur you may need to have another vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the pressure from the parking pawl in the transaxle then you will be able to pull the shift lever out of PARK P Shifting Out of Park P Your vehicle has an automatic transaxle shift lock control system You have to fully apply your regular brakes before you can shift from PARK P when the ignition is in RUN See Automatic Transaxle Operation on page 118 To shift out of PARK P 1 Apply the regular brake pedal 2 Then press the shift lever
15. especially in very cold weather below 0 F or 18 C it could be flooded with too much gasoline Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for up to a maximum of 15 seconds Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to allow the cranking motor to cool down When the engine starts let go of the key and accelerator If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again repeat the procedure This clears the extra gasoline from the engine Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transaxle gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts Notice Your engine is designed to work with the electronics in your vehicle If you add electrical parts or accessories you could change the way the engine operates Before adding electrical equipment check with your retailer If you do not your engine might not perform properly Any resulting damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty 114 Automatic Engine Start Stop A CAUTION There is something about your vehicle that can make it move suddenly and you or others can be seriously injured This can happen if the vehicle is in the Auto Stop mode and the shift lever is in DRIVE D Because your vehicle has the Automatic Engine Start Stop feature your vehicle s engine might seem to be shut off when you come to a complete stop However if you then start t
16. from your body transferred to these surfaces may damage the transmitter 1 Use a flat thin object to pry open the transmitter 101 2 Once the transmitter is separated use a pencil or similar object to remove the old battery Do not use a metal object 3 Insert the new battery as the instructions under the cover indicate 4 Snap the transmitter back together tightly to be sure no moisture can enter 5 Check the operation of the transmitter If the transmitter does not work try synchronizing your transmitter with your receiver See Resynchronization for more information 102 Resynchronization This is used to keep the transmitter of the vehicle communicating with the receiver of the vehicle Resynchronization may be required due to the security method used by this system Your vehicle has an automatic resynchronization function built into the system If your transmitter is not working properly and you have to manually resynchronize press the lock and unlock buttons at the same time for seven seconds while you are near your vehicle The doors will lock or unlock depending on their starting position If they do not contact your retailer for service Doors and Locks CAUTION Continued Door Locks e Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Always lock your v
17. rewinding or fast forwarding a DVD Press this button twice to return to the beginning of the DVD gt Play Pause Press this button to start play of a DVD or CD Press this button while a DVD or CD is playing to pause it Press this button again to continue playing the DVD While the DVD is playing press the pause button then press the fast forward button The DVD continues playing in a slow play mode To cancel slow play mode press the play pause button 4 Previous Track Chapter Press this button to return to the start of the current track or chapter Press this button again to go to the previous track or chapter This button might not work when the DVD is playing the copyright information or the previews gt Next Track Chapter Press this button to advance to the beginning of the next track or chapter This button might not work when the DVD is playing the copyright information or the previews 1 through 0 Numeric Keypad The numeric keypad provides the capability of direct chapter title and track number selection R Clear Press this button within three seconds after entering a numeric selection to clear all numeric inputs 10 Double Digit Entries Press the button to select chapter title and track numbers greater than nine Press this button before inputting the number Battery Replacement To change the remote control batteries do the following 1 Remove the battery compartme
18. serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph 65 km h Safety belts are for everyone 25 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly This part is only for people of adult size Be aware that there are special things to know about safety belts and children And there are different rules for smaller children and babies If a child will be riding in your vehicle see Older Children on page 44 or Infants and Young Children on page 47 Follow those rules for everyone s protection First you will want to know which restraint systems your vehicle has We will start with the driver position Driver Position Lap Shoulder Belt The driver has a lap shoulder belt Here is how to wear it properly 1 Close and lock the door 2 Adjust the seat so you can sit up straight To see how see Seats in the Index 26 Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The lap shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly 4 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 43 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 5 Move the
19. 4 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton radio station you want stored as a favorite The number of favorites pages can be setup using the MENU button To setup the number of favorites pages perform the following steps 1 Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 2 Press the pushbutton located below the FAV 1 6 label 3 Select the desired number of favorites pages by pressing the pushbutton located below the displayed page numbers 4 Press the FAV button or let the menu time out to return to the original main radio screen showing the radio station frequency labels and to begin the process of programming your favorites for the chosen amount of numbered pages 197 Setting the Tone Bass Midrange Treble BASS MID TREB Bass Midrange or Treble To adjust bass midrange or treble press the tune knob until the tone control labels display Continue pressing to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under the desired label Turn the tune knob clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the highlighted setting The highlighted setting can also be adjusted by pressing either the SEEK FWD forward or REV reverse button until the desired levels are obtained If a station s frequency is weak or has static decrease the treble 198 To quickly adjust bass midrange or treble to the middle position press the pushbutton positioned under the BASS MID or TREB label for more than
20. Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint 89 If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle if one is available and check with your retailer The passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the right front passenger s frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the right front passenger s seat When the passenger sensing system has allowed the airbag to be enabled the on indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is active For some children who have outgrown child restraints and for very small adults the passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag depending upon the person s seating posture and body build Everyone in your vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person If a person of adult size is sitting in the right front passengers seat but the off indicator is lit it could be because that person is not sitting 90 properly in the seat If this happens turn the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seatback in the fully upright position then sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended
21. Brake 42 aa LEDE 318 Regenerative Braking W ssssseseeerrererrrerer 121 BRAKING cdisccassatdcaviadesdeay sitet mauiees Se 237 Braking in Emergencies aseeseen 240 426 Break In New Vehicle ccccceeeeeeeeeeees 111 Bulb Replacement eeccseeeeeeceeeeeees 331 Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL a 335 Front Turn Signal and Parking Lamps 334 Halogen Bulbs iorden 331 Headlamp Aiming oseere 328 Headlamps ore ise rede 331 License Plate Lamps ccce 337 Replacement Bulbs u sssseseerrerererererennnee 337 Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Back up Lamps serenos 336 Buying NeW Tires eeecceeeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeees 350 C Calibration serais 127 California Fueli ainni 290 California Proposition 65 Warning 1 1 1 1 1 288 Canadian Owners cccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 3 Capacities and Specifications 387 Carbon Monoxide 106 125 257 274 Care of Safety Belts wissctincceinlieinivineneniiawtns 373 Your CD and DVD Player a i 229 Your CDs and DVDS sristi iartain 229 Cargo Area sniger ren eana 135 Cargo Tie DOWNS 225 ireren iiias 137 CD MP3 erigo ioscan oa Ra e 205 Center Console Storage Area aeee 135 Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL 2 reeks 335 Chains Tire 5555 arainn nansa 356 Charge Assist Gage W GW Gu u sssseeeeerererernenrnn renee 182 Check Engine Light s seccccssuntacesinvnedssevnde eousannedenty 173 Checking Thi
22. Even though today s airbags are also designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag all airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job 75 Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system A CAUTION You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not wearing your safety belt even if you have airbags Wearing your safety belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it Airbags are supplemental restraints to the safety belts All airbags are designed to work with safety belts but do not replace them Frontal airbags for the driver and right front passenger are designed to deploy in moderate to severe frontal and near frontal crashes They are not designed to inflate in rollover rear crashes or in many side crashes And for some unrestrained CAUTION Continued 76 CAUTION Continued occupants frontal airbags may provide less protection in frontal crashes than more forceful airbags have provided in the past Roof mounted rollover airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe crashes where something hits the side of your vehicle or during a vehicle rollover They may inflate in some frontal crashes They are not designed to inflate in rear crashes If your vehicle has roof mounted airbags they are designed to provide both side impact protection and rollover protect
23. Folding Passenger 0008 16 Seats Driver Seat Height Adjuster 10 Head Restraints cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 15 Heated Seat c ccceeeeeeeeetseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 11 Manual sssini a 9 Manual LUMBAT 5224 ork 11 Manual Reclining Seatbacks W u u dsseeeeeee 12 Passenger Folding Seatback 000 16 Power SCAU cciias inni 10 Split Folding Rear Seat 1 1 1 W W u s sseeeeerernee 19 Securing a Child Restraint Center Rear Seat Position 0 0 0 eee 67 Rear Outside Seat Position 0 008 64 Right Front Seat Position ceeee 69 Securty LIGA sesncedsctizadascertaneanclcecssinehentieeves 177 SENGE E E E T 287 Accessories and Modifications 287 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeneeees 289 California Proposition 65 Warning 288 Doing Your Own Work cc cecceeeeeeeeeeeees 288 Engine Soon Light cceceeeeeeeeees 173 Publications Ordering Information 423 435 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 92 Sheet Metal Damage ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 377 Shifting Into Park P accessere 122 Shifting Out of Park P seeen 123 Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster 008 35 Signals Turn and Lane Change 2 145 Specifications Capacities cceee 387 Speedometer so ecccethditsesseccudenaesetecctsiedeneaeeneces 163 Split Foldin
24. Or you may drive long distances all the time in very hot dusty weather You may use your vehicle in making deliveries Or you may drive it to work to do errands or in many other ways Because of all the different ways people use their vehicles maintenance needs vary You may need more frequent checks and replacements So please read the following and note how you drive If you have any questions on how to keep your vehicle in good condition see your Saturn retailer This schedule is for vehicles that e carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits You will find these limits on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 264 e are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits e use the recommended fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 289 The services in Scheduled Maintenance on page 392 should be performed when indicated See Additional Required Services on page 395 and Maintenance Footnotes on page 396 for further information A CAUTION Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous In trying to do some jobs you can be seriously injured Do your own maintenance work only if you have the required know how and the proper tools and equipment for the job If you have any doubt see your retailer to have a qualified technician do the work See Doing Your Own Service Work on page 288 Some maintenance services can be complex So unless you are te
25. System on page 311 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Windshield Washer Fluid on page 317 Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil It is a good idea to check the engine oil every time you get fuel In order to get an accurate reading the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground The engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow loop See Engine Compartment Overview on page 296 for the location of the engine oil dipstick 1 Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan If you do not do this the oil dipstick might not show the actual level 2 Pull out the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth then push it back in all the way Remove it again keeping the tip down and check the level 297 When to Add Engine Oil If the oil is below the cross hatched area at the tip of the dipstick you need to add at least one quart liter of oil But you must use the right kind This section explains what kind of oil to use For engine oil crankcase capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 387 Notice Do not add too much oil If the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the upper mark that shows the proper operating range the engine could be damaged 298 See Engine Compartment Overview on page 296 for the location of the engine oil fill cap Le PALA SAE 5W 30 AR Be sure to add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the p
26. The Engine Will Remain Running When e The engine transaxle or hybrid battery is not warmed up yet e The outside temperature is high usually above 95 F 35 C and the climate control system is working to cool the vehicle in A C mode yellow light illuminated on A C button or if defrost is selected See Climate Control System on page 156 for more information e The shift lever is in PARK P NEUTRAL N REVERSE R INTERMEDIATE I or LOW L e The hybrid battery pack charge is low e The 12V vehicle battery charge is low or loads are high e The hood is not fully closed 115 The Engine Will Restart When 116 The brake pedal is released The accelerator pedal is applied When shifting from DRIVE D to PARK P or NEUTRAL N the engine will restart after 3 5 seconds When shifting from DRIVE D to INTERMEDIATE I LOW L or REVERSE R the engine will restart immediately If the A C button green light illuminated on A C button is selected the duration of the AUTO STOP will depend on the outside temperature This economy mode improves fuel economy by limiting the effects of the air conditioning The warmer it is outside the shorter the time before the engine is restarted to provide cabin cooling The climate control system is turned from Off to On econ or normal A C or floor defog defrost See Climate Control System on page 156 for more information e The engine is required to
27. This 17 digit number can be found on the vehicle registration or title on the upper driver s side corner of the dash or on your roadside assistance key card e The name of your selling and servicing retail facility e Vehicle delivery date and present mileage e Your daytime and evening phone numbers When contacting Saturn please remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a retailer s facility That is why we suggest you follow Step One first if you have a concern STEP THREE U S Owners Both Saturn and its retailers are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your Saturn vehicle However if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two Saturn and its retailers offer the additional assistance of a neutral party through our voluntary participation in a mediation arbitration program called Better Business Bureau BBB Auto Line The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty This program is available at no cost to you our customer Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days If you do not agree with the decisi
28. Your retailer has trained service people who will perform this work using genuine Saturn parts and reset the system It is also important to check your oil regularly and keep it at the proper level If the system is ever reset accidentally you must change your oil at 3 000 miles 5 000 km since your last oil change Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System The Engine Oil Life System calculates when to change your engine oil and filter based on vehicle use Anytime your oil is changed reset the system so it can calculate when the next oil change is required If a situation occurs where you change your oil prior to a change engine oil light being turned on reset the system After changing the engine oil reset the system by performing the following steps 1 Turn the ignition key to RUN with the engine off 2 Fully press and release the accelerator pedal three times within five seconds If the change engine oil light is flashing the system is reset The light will flash for up to 30 seconds or until the ignition is turned off lf the light comes on again and stays on for 30 seconds at the next ignition cycle it did not reset You will need to reset the system again What to Do with Used Oil Used engine oil contains certain elements that may be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long
29. accessory bracket from the plug because the power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only Cigarette Lighter Your vehicle may have a cigarette lighter To use the lighter located on the instrument panel below the climate controls push it in all the way and let go When it is ready it will pop back out by itself Notice Holding a cigarette lighter in while it is heating does not let the lighter back away from the heating element when it is hot Damage from overheating can occur to the lighter or heating element or a fuse could be blown Do not hold a cigarette lighter in while it is heating Notice If you put papers pins or other flammable items in the ashtray hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite them and possibly damage your vehicle Never put flammable items in the ashtray 155 Climate Controls Climate Control System With this system you can control the heating cooling and ventilation for the vehicle Operation To change the current mode use the right knob to select one of the following 74 Vent This mode directs air to the instrument panel outlets 156 YA Bi Level This mode directs air to the instrument panel outlets and to the floor outlets Cooler air is directed to the upper outlets and warmer air to the floor outlets pd Floor This mode directs most of the air to the floor outlets with some air directed to the windshield When the floor mode is s
30. always set your parking brake and move the shift lever to PARK P Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle will not move See Shifting Into Park P on page 122 If you are parking on a hill and if you are pulling a trailer also see Towing a Trailer on page 274 Mirrors Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with OnStar Compass and Temperature Display When on an automatic dimming mirror automatically dims to the proper level to minimize glare from lights behind you after dark The mirror also includes a dual display in the upper right corner of the mirror face The compass reading and the outside temperature will both appear in the display at the same time 4 On Off This is the on off button Automatic Dimming Mirror Operation The automatic dimming mirror function is turned on automatically each time the ignition is started To operate the automatic dimming mirror do the following 1 Make sure the indicator light located to the left of the on off button is on If it s not press and hold the on off button until the light comes on indicating that the mirror is in automatic dimming mode 2 Turn off the automatic dimming mirror function by pressing and holding the on off button until the indicator light turns off 127 Temperature and Compass Display Press the on off button located to the far left briefly to turn the comp temp display on or off If the display reads CAL the compass nee
31. braking and to help the driver control the vehicle in difficult driving situations Some information may be stored during regular operations to facilitate repair of detected malfunctions other information is stored only in a crash event by computer systems such as those commonly called Event Data Recorders EDR In a crash event computer systems such as the airbag Sensing and Diagnostic Module SDM in your vehicle may record information about the condition of the vehicle and how it was operated such as data related to engine speed brake application throttle position vehicle speed safety belt usage airbag readiness airbag performance and the severity of a collision This information has been used to improve vehicle crash performance and may be used to improve crash performance of future vehicles and driving safety Unlike the data recorders on many airplanes these on board systems do not record sounds such as conversation of vehicle occupants To read this information special equipment is needed and access to the vehicle or the device that stores the data is required GM will not access information about a crash event or share it with others other than e with the consent of the vehicle owner or if the vehicle is leased with the consent of the lessee e in response to an official request of police or similar government office e as part of GM s defense of litigation through the discovery process or e as re
32. e The exhaust system sounds strange or different e Your vehicle gets rusty underneath Your vehicle was damaged in a collision Your vehicle was damaged when driving over high points on the road or over road debris e Repairs were not done correctly Your vehicle or the exhaust system has been modified improperly CAUTION Continued 125 Running the Engine While Parked It is better not to park with the engine running But if you ever have to here are some things to know A CAUTION Idling the engine with the climate control system off could allow dangerous exhaust into your vehicle See the earlier caution under Engine Exhaust on page 125 Also idling in a closed in place can let deadly carbon monoxide CO into your vehicle even if the climate control fan is at the highest setting One place this can happen is a garage Exhaust with CO can come in easily NEVER park in a garage with the engine running Another closed in place can be a blizzard See Winter Driving on page 257 126 A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground
33. gage displays the charge current into and out of the hybrid battery CHARGE ASSIST When the electric motor is performing an automatic restart of the engine or when it is assisting the engine as in a maximum acceleration the needle will move to the ASSIST range The ASSIST range is on the right side of the gage and shows an arrow pointing out of a battery 182 When the electric motor operates as a generator to perform regenerative braking while decelerating the needle will move to the CHARGE range See Regenerative Braking on page 121 for more information The needle will also move into the CHARGE range if the hybrid control system deems it is an efficient time to charge the hybrid battery The CHARGE range is on the left side of the gage and shows an arrow pointing into a battery If the hybrid battery or other hybrid components are very hot or cold the CHARGE and ASSIST functions may be suspended until the component temperatures are normal Fuel Economy Light This light will come on when the vehicle is achieving fuel economy close to rated performance By changing your driving habits and increasing the time that the fuel economy light is on will improve fuel economy To turn the fuel economy light off or on press the trip reset button until the fuel economy light is selected Once selected press and hold the trip reset button until the fuel economy light switches to off or on For more information see
34. hand tight and fully seated Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap Notice If the pressure cap is not tightly installed coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured If you need to replace your coolant surge tank pressure cap see your retailer Engine Overheating You will find a coolant temperature warning light on the vehicle s instrument panel See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 172 If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine A CAUTION Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly even if you just open the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Just turn it off and get everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open the hood If you keep driving when your engine is overheated the liquids in it can catch fire You or others could be badly burned Stop your engine if it overheats and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool Notice If your engine catches fire because you keep driving with no coolant your vehicle can be badly damaged The costly repairs would not be covered by your warranty 309 If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine If you get an engine overheat warning but see or hear no steam the problem may not be too serious Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when you e Climb a long hill on a hot day
35. inflating airbag Be sure the airbag is off before using a rear facing child restraint in the right front seat position CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be transported in vehicles with a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint whenever possible If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat 71 If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat position move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward facing child restraint See Manual Seats on page 9 If your child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 58 There is no top tether anchor at the right front seating position Do not secure a child seat in this position if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be anchored See Lower Anc
36. one minute after the ignition is turned off and the driver s door has been opened and closed lf the lock button on the transmitter is pressed before the minute has passed the system will arm immediately The system will disarm when the unlock button is pressed Security System Disable The system will not arm To change the mode that your vehicle is programmed to do the following 1 Turn the ignition to RUN or ACC 2 Press the panic alarm button on the transmitter slowly four times within five seconds 3 You must complete one of the following within three seconds to change the mode e To select the active arming mode press the lock button on the transmitter e To select the passive arming mode press the lock button on the transmitter twice within 3 seconds e To select the security system disable mode press the unlock button on the transmitter A chime will sound once the mode has been selected 109 If you accidentally set off the alarm when entering exiting the vehicle you can shut it off by pressing any button on the remote keyless entry transmitter other than the panic alarm button If you hear three horn chirps when you press the unlock button on the transmitter that means the vehicle s alarm was triggered while you were away Passlock Your vehicle is equipped with the Passlock theft deterrent system This light will come on for the theft deterent system 110 Passlock is a pa
37. other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced Also look for any opened or broken airbag coverings and have them repaired or replaced The airbag system does not need regular maintenance f Lubricate all key lock cylinders door hinges and latches hood hinges and latches glove box hinges sunroof if equipped and any folding seat hardware More frequent lubrication may be required when exposed to a corrosive environment Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak g Check system for interference or binding and for damaged or missing parts Replace parts as needed Replace any components that have high effort or excessive wear h Severe service is when the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 C or higher In hilly or mountainous terrain When doing frequent trailer towing Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service i Drain flush and refill cooling system This service can be complex you should have your retailer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page 306 for what to use Inspect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and filler ne
38. reinstall the fuel cap making sure to fully install the cap See Filling the Tank on page 292 The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap will allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the light off Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water If so your electrical system may be wet The condition will usually be corrected when the electrical system dries out A few driving trips should turn the light off Have you recently changed brands of fuel If so be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 289 Poor fuel quality will cause your engine not to run as efficiently as designed You may notice this as stalling after start up stalling when you put the vehicle into gear misfiring hesitation on acceleration or stumbling on acceleration These conditions may go away once the engine is warmed up This will be detected by the system and cause the light to turn on If you experience one or more of these conditions change the fuel brand you use It will require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off If none of the above steps have made the light turn off your retailer can check the vehicle Your retailer has the proper test equipment and diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems that may have de
39. the three point harness has straps that come down over each of the infant s shoulders and buckle together at the crotch The five point harness system has two shoulder straps two hip straps and a crotch strap A shield may take the place of hip straps A T shaped shield has shoulder straps that are attached to a flat pad which rests low against the child s body A shelf or armrest type shield has straps that are attached to a wide shelf like shield that swings up or to the side A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Make sure the child is properly secured following the instructions that came with that restraint Because there are different systems it is important to refer to the instructions that come with the restraint A child can be endangered in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint 55 Where to Put the Restraint Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat We recommend that child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant riding in a rear facing infant seat a child riding in a forward facing child seat and an older child riding in a booster seat If your vehicle has a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint a label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front
40. you can destroy the transaxle See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 262 For information about using tire chains on your vehicle see Tire Chains on page 356 261 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out First turn the steering wheel left and right That will clear the area around the front wheels You should turn the traction control system off See Traction Control System TCS on page 240 Then shift back and forth between REVERSE R and a forward gear spinning the wheels as little as possible Release the accelerator pedal while you shift and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transaxle is in gear By slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions you will cause a rocking motion that may free your vehicle If that does not get your vehicle out after a few tries it may need to be towed out Or you can use the recovery hook if your vehicle has one If your vehicle does need to be towed out see Towing Your Vehicle on page 270 262 Recovery Hook A CAUTION The recovery hook when used is under a lot of force Always pull the vehicle straight out Never pull on the hook at a sideways angle The hook could break off and you or others could be injured from the chain or cable snapping back Notice Never use the recovery hook to tow the vehicle Your vehicle could be damaged and it would not be covered by warranty Contact your retailer if you would like to have a recovery ho
41. you can maintain a speed of about 25 mph 40 km h or more without keeping your foot on the accelerator This can really help on long trips Cruise control does not work at speeds below 25 mph 40 km h A CAUTION Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed So do not use your cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads On such roads fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip and you could lose control Do not use cruise control on slippery roads Setting Cruise Control A CAUTION If you leave your cruise control on when you are not using cruise you might hit a button and go into cruise when you do not want to You could be startled and even lose control Keep the cruise control switch off until you want to use cruise control The cruise control buttons are located on the steering wheel On Off Press this button to turn the cruise control system on and off There is a indicator light on the button that will come on when cruise control is active RES Resume Press this button to resume a set speed and to accelerate the speed SET Set Press this button to set a speed and to decrease the speed Z Cancel Press this button to cancel cruise control To set a speed do the following 1 Press the on off symbol to turn cruise control on The indicator light on the button will
42. 345 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 264 Tire Size The following illustration shows an example of a typical passenger car tire size P245 75R16 109S A Passenger P Metric Tire The United States version of a metric tire sizing system The letter P as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U S Tire and Rim Association B Tire Width The three digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall 341 C Aspect Ratio A two digit number that indicates the tire height to width measurements For example if the tire size aspect ratio is 75 as shown in item C of the illustration it would mean that the tire s sidewall is 75 percent as high as it is wide D Construction Code A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire The letter R means radial ply construction the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply construction E Rim Diameter Diameter of the wheel in inches F Service Description The service description indicates the load range and speed rating of a tire The load index can range from 1 to 279 Speed ratings range from A to Z 342 Tire Terminology and Definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square
43. DEFOG C ABS PWR DRL EMISS C_ REAR DEFOG COOL HI C CJ __ FUSE LH HDLP RR WIPER ABS PULLER l PWR WDW IGN INJ WIPER SYSTEM SUNROOF CIGAR LITER HVAC BLOWER CI C I COC RH HDLP A C DIODE FRT WIPER ETC BRAKE C C IGN PWR TRAIN BACKUP HTD SEATS COOL FAN A C FRT WIPER LOW CLUTCH COOL LO CI C PWR SEAT A C CLUTCH FUEL PUMP AUX OUTLETS ESCM CANV ABS ECM TCM Battery Voltage to Engine Control HORN Module Transaxle Control Module ABS PWR Anti lock Brake System Battery BATT FEED Instrument Panel Fuse Box A EMISS 383 REAR DEFOG Rear Defogger COOL HI Cooling Fan High LH HDLP Driver s Side Headlamp BLOWER Blower Motor Passenger s Side Headlamp SUNROOF Sunroof Module BRAKE Stoplamps 384 Engine Control Module Transaxle PWR TRAIN Control Module Powertrain Control Module Low Coolant Switch Back up Lamps Vehicle Speed Sensor Manual Transaxle Range Switch HTD SEATS IGN Ignition Switch BACKUP COOL LO AIC CLUTCH AUX OUTLETS ESCMICANV ABS BWR SEAT as ver TT Rs ge Engine Control Module CAM ENG MAIN Emissions Injectors Electronic Throttle Control Relay FUSE PULLER Fuse Puller REAR DEFOG Rear Defog System Relay A C DIODE Air Conditioning Diode WIPER SYSTEM Wiper System Relay Power Window Switch Sunroof PWR WDW Module Relay FRT WIPER Front Wiper System Relay ats Cooling Fan Low Relay 385 Hybrid Underhood Fuse Block The hybrid underhood f
44. Do not use fuel containing methanol It can corrode metal parts in the fuel system and also damage plastic and rubber parts That damage would not be covered under your warranty Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low emissions may contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT ask the attendant where you buy gasoline whether the fuel contains MMT We recommend against the use of such gasolines Fuels containing MMT can reduce the life of spark plugs and the performance of the emission control system may be affected The malfunction indicator lamp may turn on If this occurs return to your retailer for service Fuels in Foreign Countries If you plan on driving in another country outside the United States or Canada the proper fuel might be hard to find Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not recommended in the previous text on fuel Costly repairs caused by use of improper fuel would not be covered by your warranty To check the fuel availability ask an auto club or contact a major oil company that does business in the country where you will be driving 291 Filling the Tank A CAUTION Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause bad injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your ve
45. Door Security LOCKS 1 00 0 eee 105 Driver Position Safety Belt cc ceceeeeeeeeeeeee 26 Seat Height Adjuster 0 cceeeeeeeeeeeeees 10 Driver Behavior ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 232 Driving AU Nig eana nE 247 GLY NE ENEE PE EA AE E A 251 DEFENSIVE aa ra maidani aari 233 Drunken G GW G G Gssssseeeeeeee reen kreere n rn nnee 234 ENVIFONM ERE 2 222 sit senansa a 232 FIGQWAY corosas n aR 252 Hill and Mountain Roads 0 0ee 255 In Rain and on Wet Roads 2 248 Recovery HOOK G G G GG sssseseeereeeerrsere renere rr enes 262 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 262 WINIET ee 257 DVD Rear Seat Entertainment System 214 Electrical System Add On Equipment s 380 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 008 380 Instrument Panel Fuse Block 00 381 Power Windows and Other Power OPTIONS spinoase nnega a 380 Underhood Fuse Block sses 382 Windshield Wiper Fuses eeeee 380 Engine Air Cleaner Filter 302 Battery ecmain reisn aia 321 Change Engine Oil Light aeee 177 Check and Service Engine Soon Light 173 Coolant cesta cas tie aonan a ai 306 Coolant Heater oriniai iniinda 116 Coolant Temperature Warning Light 172 Drive Belt Routing cceeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 403 Engine Compartment Overview 296 EEXAUSE ose cas ete edad snuetegeseanecateqeanoceesseeeaeaes 125 Qil ar
46. Hood Release 0 Er 295 Engine Compartment Overview s e 296 Engine Qil EA aser an 297 Engine Oil Life System sserererernnee 300 Engine Air Cleaner Filter 2 302 Automatic Transaxle Fluid c eee 30 Engine Coolant 0 cc ceeeeeeeeeesteeeeeeeeeees 306 Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap 309 Engine Overheating ccceceeessteeeeeees 309 Cooling System 0 ccccceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeees 311 Windshield Washer Fluid o an 317 Braks ceceeeecceeeeeeceneeeeeceeeeeeeeseaeeeessaaeeees 318 Bate ry sssi aune 321 JUMP Starting sasinen ncas 322 Headlamp Aiming W W X u usssseeeereeeerernnrnnnee 328 Bulb Replacement 1 331 Halogen Bulbs scsisssectaseesesesreivencesestentdacesks 331 FIGACIAM PS ararnir lerede near 331 Front Turn Signal and Parking Lamps 334 Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL W ssseeeeeeeeerer renerne 335 Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Back Up LAMPS oseere 336 License Plate Lamp ecccseeeeeeeeeeeees 337 Replacement Bulbs eeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 337 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement 338 285 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care MOS E te ae vata se P ESS RRS samen tens 339 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 374 Tire Sidewall Labeling cceeeeeeeeeees 340 FINISH Cale ENES SEN SER RE BESES a 374 Tire Terminology and Definitions 342 Win
47. Latch Pivots Spring Anchor and Release Pawl Hood Liftgate Door and Rear Folding Seat Hinges Sunroof Track Weatherstrip Conditioning DEXRON VI Automatic Transmission Fluid Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube GM Part No U S 12346241 in Canada 10953474 Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol Saturn Part No 21038869 or GM Part No U S 12346293 in Canada 992723 or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube GM Part No U S 12346241 in Canada 10953474 Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol Saturn Part No 21038869 or GM Part No U S 12346293 in Canada 992723 or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB Weatherstrip Lubricant GM Part No U S 3634770 in Canada 10953518 or Dielectric Silicone Grease GM Part No U S 12345579 in Canada 992887 401 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your retailer rt Trt art iar ico Part Number Drivers Side 24 inches 6000m me O oS Passengers Side 19 inches 4750 200 Rear 11 0 inches 28 0 cm 22665007 402 Engine Drive Belt Routing The engine drive belt on this hybrid vehicle is under a higher tension than the engine drive belt on a non hybrid vehicle and requires the use of a special kind of tool See your retailer for service 403 M
48. Mr Care ON i M gt IN belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit against your body 7 We Me LEG b N D p M The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones And you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force at your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces 39 To unlatch the belt push the button on the buckle 40 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides Rear shoulder belt comfort guides may provide added safety belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster seats and for some adults When installed on a shoulder belt the comfort guide positions the belt away from the neck and head There is one guide for each outboard passenger position in the rear seat Here is how to install a comfort guide to the safety belt 1 Remove the guide from its storage clip which is behind the seatback Pull the elastic cord out from between the edge of the seatback and the interior body 2 Slide the guide under and past the belt 3 Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies The e
49. Repeat the Steps 2 through 4 for each pushbutton 189 Setting the Tone Bass Treble BASS TREB Bass Treble To adjust the bass or treble press the tune knob or bass treble pushbutton until the desired tone control label displays Turn the tune knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the setting The setting can also be adjusted by pressing either the SEEK FWD forward or REV reverse buttons The display shows the current bass or treble level If a station s frequency is weak or has static decrease the treble EQ Equalization Press this button to select preset equalization settings To return to the manual mode press the EQ button until Manual displays or start to manually adjust the bass or treble by pressing the tune knob 190 Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade dg BAL FADE Balance Fade To adjust the balance or fade press this button or the tune knob until the desired speaker control label displays Turn the tune knob clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the setting The setting can also be adjusted by pressing either the SEEK FWD or REV buttons Radio Messages Calibration Error The audio system has been calibrated for your vehicle from the factory If Calibration Error displays the radio has not been configured properly and your vehicle must be returned to your retailer for service Playing a CD Single CD Player Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up
50. Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and then enable the passenger s airbag A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light in the instrument panel cluster ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger s seat may not have the protection of the frontal airbag See Airbag Readiness Light on page 165 for more on this including important safety information A thick layer of additional material such as a blanket or aftermarket equipment such as seat covers seat heaters and seat massagers can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates Remove any additional material from the seat cushion before reinstalling or securing the child restraint and before a small occupant including a small adult sits in the passenger position You may want to consider not using seat covers or other aftermarket equipment if your vehicle has the passenger sensing system See Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 93 The passenger sensing system may suppress the airbag deployment when liquid is soaked into the seat If this happens the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator and the airbag readiness light on the instrument panel will be l
51. Saturn trained service technicians who will perform this work using genuine Saturn parts and reset the system If the engine oil life system is ever reset accidentally you must service your vehicle within 3 000 miles 5 000 km since your last service Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed See Engine Oil Life System on page 300 for information on the Engine Oil Life System and resetting the system When the Change Engine Oil light appears certain services checks and inspections are required Required services are described in the following for Maintenance I and Maintenance II Generally it is recommended that your first service be Maintenance I your second service be Maintenance II and that you alternate Maintenance I and Maintenance II thereafter However in some cases Maintenance II may be required more often Maintenance I Use Maintenance I if the Change Engine Oil light comes on within 10 months since the vehicle was purchased or Maintenance II was performed Maintenance II Use Maintenance II if the previous service performed was Maintenance I Always use Maintenance II whenever the light comes on 10 months or more since the last service or if the light has not come on at all for one year Scheduled Maintenance Change engine oil and filter See Engine Oil on page 297 Reset oil life system See Engine Oil Life System on page 300 An Emission Control Service Visually
52. Section 2 e Instrument Panel Overview in Section 3 e Climate Controls in Section 3 e Warning Lights Gages and Indicators in Section 3 e Audio System s in Section 3 e Engine Compartment Overview in Section 5 These are some examples of symbols that may be found on the vehicle LATCH BOTH LAP AND CAUTION SHOULDER BELTS TO MASTER CY ENGINE TIRE A COOLANT PRESSURE i TEMP eres PROTECT OCCUPANT LIGHTING DO NOT TWIST SAFETY SWITCH 7 BELT WHEN ATTACHING PROTECT TURN FUSE EYES BY FASTEN SIGNALS BATTERY BOX SHIELDING SEAT AIRBAG CHARGING E ACCESS T SYSTEM PERIS PARKING x re MOVE SEAT r DO NOT INSTALL LAMPS ENGINE Ed FULLY mx AREAR FACING COOLANT see Eee REARWARD gu Lo CHILD RESTRAINT FAN SECURE IN THIS SEATING HAZARD BURNS CHILD SEAT POSITION WARNING FLASHER COOLANT P AVOID ULL BELT e DO NOT INSTALL A SPARKS OR OUT FORWARD FACING DAYTIME FLAMES COMPLETELY THEN SECURE y5 CHILD RESTRAINT RUNNING ENGINE OIL OWNER Cli CHILD SEAT IN THIS SEATING LAMPS PRESSURE MANUAL SPARK OR POSITION FLAME COULD A ANTISLOGK SERVICE gt DOOR LOCK EXPLODE power My UNLOCK BRAKE MANUAL BATTERY WINDOW ma SYSTEM Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems Front S ats eiorinn iini iaaa 9 Manual Seals 42232 SD EN Ed 9 Driver Seat Height Adjuster ee 10 Power Seat cccccecceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 10 Manual Lumbat 0 eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 11 Heated
53. Statistics show that the chance of being in a collision increases sharply for drivers who have a BAC of 0 05 percent or above A driver with a BAC level of 0 06 percent has doubled his or her chance of having a collision At a BAC level of 0 10 percent the chance of this driver having a collision is 12 times greater at a level of 0 15 percent the chance is 25 times greater The body takes about an hour to rid itself of the alcohol in one drink No amount of coffee or number of cold showers will speed that up I will be careful is not the right answer What if there is an emergency a need to take sudden action as when a child darts into the street A person with even a moderate BAC might not be able to react quickly enough to avoid the collision 236 There is something else about drinking and driving that many people do not know Medical research shows that alcohol in a person s system can make crash injuries worse especially injuries to the brain spinal cord or heart This means that when anyone who has been drinking driver or passenger is in a crash that person s chance of being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking A CAUTION Drinking and then driving is very dangerous Your reflexes perceptions attentiveness and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You can have a serious or even fatal collision if you drive after d
54. The player pulls it in and the CD should begin playing If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD starts playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source When a CD is inserted the CD symbol appears on the radio display As each new track starts to play the track number displays The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs with an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner If playing a CD R the sound quality can be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There can be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs and DVDs on page 229 for more information If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen Notice If a label is added to a CD or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at
55. Trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Before setting out for the open road you ll want to get to know your rig Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly as responsive as your vehicle is by itself Before you start check all trailer hitch parts and attachments safety chains electrical connector lamps tires and mirror adjustment If the trailer has electric brakes start your vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the brakes are working This lets you check your electrical connection at the same time During your trip check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure and that the lamps and any trailer brakes are still working Following Distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns Passing You ll need more passing distance up ahead when you re towing a trailer And because you re a good deal longer when towing a trailer you ll need to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane Backing Up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to the left just move that hand
56. Trip Odometer on page 163 Hill Start Assist Light If this light comes on there may be a problem with the hill start assist feature See your retailer for service If you are on an incline your vehicle may roll backwards a short distance until the engine performs the auto start The hill start assist feature will help hold the vehicle on a moderate or steep incline when transitioning from a hybrid idle stop to starting the engine 183 Hood Ajar Light If this light comes on the hood is not fully closed Close the hood to turn off the light The auto start stop function will not operate with the hood open If the vehicle is in auto stop mode when this light appears you will have to restart the engine with the ignition key See Starting the Engine Automatic Engine Start Stop on page 113 for more information 184 Audio System s Determine which radio your vehicle has and then read the pages following to familiarize yourself with its features Driving without distraction is a necessity for a safer driving experience See Defensive Driving on page 233 By taking a few moments to read this manual and get familiar with your vehicle s audio system you can use it with less effort as well as take advantage of its features While your vehicle is parked set up your audio system by presetting your favorite radio stations setting the tone and adjusting the speakers Then when driving conditions permit you can
57. a device known as a dolly With the proper preparation and equipment many vehicles can be towed in these ways See Dinghy Towing and Dolly Towing following in this section Here are some important things to consider before Dinghy Towing you do recreational vehicle towing Your hybri hicl inghy t f th e What s the towing capacity of the towing aur ny pia vehie may Be dinghy ov ed rom Ihe front It may also be towed by putting the front vehicle Be sure you read the tow vehicle wheels on a dolly See Dolly Towing later in this section manufacturers recommendations e How far will you tow Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can tow e Do you have the proper towing equipment See your retailer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations e Is your vehicle ready to be towed Just as you would prepare your vehicle for a long trip you ll want to make sure your vehicle is prepared to be towed See Before Leaving on a Long Trip on page 253 To tow your vehicle from the front with all four wheels on the ground do the following 1 Position and attach the vehicle to tow it behind the recreational vehicle 2 Turn the ignition key to ACC 3 Turn fog lamps and all accessories off 271 4 Shift the transaxle from DRIVE D to NEUTRAL N and let the engine run for three minutes Then turn it off Due to transaxle fluid drain ba
58. a time or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs the CD player could be damaged While using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section 191 A EJECT Press the CD eject button to eject the CD If the CD is not removed after several seconds the CD automatically pulls back into the player A Tune Turn this knob to select tracks on the CD currently playing K SEEK Press the left SEEK arrow to go to the start of the current track if more than ten seconds have played Press the right SEEK arrow to go to the next track If either SEEK arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player continues moving backward or forward through the CD lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold this button to reverse playback quickly within a track Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track displays gt gt FWD Fast Forward Press and hold this button to advance playback quickly within a track Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track displays 192 RDM Random With the random setting the CD tracks can be listened to in random rather than sequential order To use r
59. additional text information related to the current FM RDS or XM station or MP3 song A choice of additional information such as Channel Song Artist CAT can display Continue pressing the information button to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under any one of the labels and the information about that label displays When information is not available No Info displays Storing a Radio Station as a Favorite Drivers are encouraged to set up their radio station favorites while the vehicle is parked Tune to your favorite stations using the presets favorites button and steering wheel controls if your vehicle has them See Defensive Driving on page 233 FAV Favorites A maximum of 36 stations can be programmed as favorites using the six pushbuttons positioned below the radio station frequency labels and by using the radio favorites page button FAV button Press the FAV button to go through up to six pages of favorites each having six favorite stations available per page Each page of favorites can contain any combination of AM FM or XMIM if equipped stations To store a station as a favorite perform the following steps 1 Tune to the desired radio station 2 Press the FAV button to display the page where you want the station stored 3 Press and hold one of the six pushbuttons until a beep sounds When that pushbutton is pressed and released the station that was set returns
60. also be used for repair These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior accidents In most cases the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain your vehicle s originally designed appearance and safety performance however the history of these parts is not known Such parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any related failures are not covered by that warranty Aftermarket collision parts are also available These are made by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for your vehicle As a result these parts may fit poorly exhibit premature durability corrosion problems and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions Aftermarket parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any vehicle failure related to such parts are not covered by that warranty Repair Facility GM also recommends that you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs Your Saturn retailer may have a collision repair center with GM trained technicians and state of the art equipment or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM trained technicians and comparable equipment Insuring Your Vehicle Protect your investment in your GM vehicle with comprehensive and collision insurance coverage The
61. an OnStar Call Center at the time of an OnStar button press Emergency button press or if your airbags or AACN system deploys The vehicle information usually includes your GPS location and in the event of a crash additional information regarding the accident that your vehicle has been involved in e g the direction from which your vehicle was hit When you use the Virtual Advisor feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling your vehicle also sends OnStar your GPS location so that we can provide you with location based services OnStar service cannot work unless your vehicle is in a place where OnStar has an agreement with a wireless service provider for service in that area OnStar service also cannot work unless you are in a place where the wireless service provider OnStar has hired for that area has coverage network capacity and reception when the service is needed and technology that is compatible with the OnStar service Not all services are available everywhere particularly in remote or enclosed areas or at all times OnStar service that involves location information about your vehicle cannot work unless GPS satellite signals are unobstructed and available in that place as well 133 Your vehicle must have a working electrical system including adequate battery power for the OnStar equipment to operate There are other problems OnStar cannot control that may prevent OnStar from providing OnStar
62. and move the height adjuster to the desired position After you move the height adjuster to where you want it try to move it up or down without squeezing the release buttons to make sure it has locked into position 35 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts work for everyone including pregnant women Like all occupants they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts A pregnant woman should wear a lap shoulder belt and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible below the rounding throughout the pregnancy 36 The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother When a safety belt is worn properly it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash For pregnant women as for anyone the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly Right Front Passenger Position To learn how to wear the right front passenger s safety belt properly see Driver Position on page 26 The right front passenger s safety belt works the same way as the drivers safety belt except for one thing If you ever pull the shoulder portion of the belt out all the way you will engage the child restraint locking feature If this happens let the belt go back all the way and start again Rear Seat Passengers It is very important for rear seat passengers to buckle up Accident statistics show that unbelted people in the rear seat are hurt more often in
63. and or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or You can be injured and your vehicle could other reproductive harm Engine exhaust _ be damaged if you try to do service work many parts and systems including some inside on a vehicle without knowing enough the vehicle many fluids and some component about it wear by products contain and or emit these e Be sure you have sufficient knowledge chemicals experience the proper replacement parts and tools before you attempt any Doing Your Own Service Work vehicle maintenance task Be sure to use the proper nuts bolts and other fasteners English and metric fasteners can be easily confused If you use the wrong fasteners parts can later break or fall off You could be hurt A CAUTION Never try to do your own service on hybrid components You can be injured and your vehicle can be damaged if you try to do your own service work Service and repair of these hybrid components should only be performed by a Saturn trained service technician with the proper knowledge and tools 288 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle Things you might add to the outside of your vehicle can affect the airflow around it This may cause wind noise and affect windshield washer performance Check with your retailer before adding equipment to the outside of your vehicle Fuel Use of the recommended fuel is an important
64. and your vehicle may fail a smog check test See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 173 If this occurs return to your authorized Saturn retailer for diagnosis If it is determined that the condition is caused by the type of fuel used repairs may not be covered by your warranty 290 Additives To provide cleaner air all gasolines in the United States are now required to contain additives that will help prevent engine and fuel system deposits from forming allowing your emission control system to work properly In most cases you should not have to add anything to your fuel However some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of additive required to meet U S Environmental Protection Agency regulations To help keep fuel injectors and intake valves clean or if your vehicle experiences problems due to dirty injectors or valves look for gasoline that is advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Also your retailer has additives that will help correct and prevent most deposit related problems Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol and reformulated gasolines may be available in your area We recommend that you use these gasolines if they comply with the specifications described earlier However E85 85 ethanol and other fuels containing more than 10 ethanol must not be used in vehicles that were not designed for those fuels Notice Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that contains methanol
65. area Push the button to open Center Console Storage Area Your vehicle has a center console storage area To access slide the cover back towards the rear of the vehicle It is equipped with two accessory power outlets One is located inside the storage area and another hidden under the cupholders There is a hole in the storage area for a cellphone wire to be routed through Garment Hooks Your vehicle has four garment hooks They are located in the rear of the vehicle Cargo Area Your vehicle has a cargo area organizer which is located in the rear of the vehicle This storage space is designed to hold small items and includes integrated storage bins Use the following procedure to access and assemble the rear cargo organizer OOS VW 1 Pull up on the latch of the rear panel lid of the cargo organizer to open it 2 Lift the front of the cargo organizer and fold out the end panels 135 136 Turn the end panels forward and snap them 5 into the rear panel lid Pull the center divider out from the rear 6 panel lid Turn the center divider rearward and snap it into the panel lid Reverse the above steps to stow the dividers and close the cargo organizer Push firmly on the rear panel lid to engage the latch of the organizer Cargo Tie Downs Your vehicle has four cargo tie downs They are located in the rear o
66. both vehicles are driveable e Choose a reputable collision repair facility for your vehicle Whether you select a Saturn retailer or a private collision repair facility to fix the damage make sure you are comfortable with them Remember you will have to feel comfortable with their work for a long time e Once you have an estimate read it carefully and make sure you understand what work will be performed on your vehicle If you have a question ask for an explanation Reputable shops welcome this opportunity Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process In the event that your vehicle requires damage repairs GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair If you have a pre determined repair facility of choice take your vehicle there or have it towed there Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts Remember recycled parts will not be covered by your GM vehicle warranty Insurance pays the bill for the repair but you must live with the repair Depending on your policy limits your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts Discuss this with your repair professional and insist on Genuine GM parts Remember if your vehicle is leased you may be obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost If anoth
67. button 3 Move the shift lever to the desired gear If you are still unable to shift out of PARK P 1 Fully release the shift lever button 2 While holding down the brake pedal press the shift lever button again 3 Move the shift lever to the desired gear If you still cannot move the shift lever from PARK P consult your dealer Shift Interlock By Pass Use the following steps if for some reason the shifter is not released when you apply the brake or if service or towing requires the car to be shifted out of PARK P without running the engine 1 Apply and maintain the regular brakes 2 Turn the ignition to the ACC Accessory position See Ignition Positions on page 111 for more information 3 Then move the shift lever into NEUTRAL N The vehicle can now be started normally 123 Parking Over Things That Burn D F A CAUTION Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under your vehicle and ignite Do not park over papers leaves dry grass or other things that can burn 124 Engine Exhaust A CAUTION Engine exhaust can kill It contains the gas carbon monoxide CO which you cannot see or smell It can cause unconsciousness and death CAUTION Continued If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into your vehicle e Drive it only with all the windows down to blow out any CO and e Have your vehicle fixed immediately You might have exhaust coming in if
68. button again or by turning off the engine Notice Do not use anything sharp on the inside of the rear window If you do you could cut or damage the warming grid and the repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not attach a temporary vehicle license tape a decal or anything similar to the defogger grid 159 Air Conditioning and Engine Start Stop The climate control system might cause the engine to keep running while the vehicle is at a complete stop or it might restart the engine during an auto stop In cold weather the climate control system uses the automatic engine start stop feature to maintain heater and defogging performance in all air flow modes 160 Economy Mode Press the button once to select the economy mode A green light will appear When this mode is selected the climate control system allows almost all automatic engine start stop operations except in defrost mode If the economy mode is selected while the engine is off the engine will start while the vehicle determines the climate control needs If the system determines that it is necessary to turn on the air conditioning compressor to cool the inside of the vehicle or dehumidify the air the automatic engine start stop feature might still be enabled Normal Mode Press the button when a yellow indicator light appears the normal mode is selected In this mode or the defrost mode the climate control system prevents all automatic e
69. check for any leaks or damage See footnote j 0 0 foo e e Inspect engine air cleaner filter If necessary replace filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 302 See footnote I Rotate tires and check inflation pressures and wear See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 348 and Tire Wear Inspection in At Least Once a Month on page 398 393 Scheduled Maintenance cont d Inspect brake system See footnote a Fe Check engine coolant and windshield washer fluid levels and add fluid as needed Perform any needed additional services See Additional Required Services in this section Inspect suspension and steering components See footnote b le Inspect engine cooling system See footnote c Inspect wiper blades See footnote d Inspect restraint system components See footnote e Lubricate body components See footnote f Replace passenger compartment air filter See footnote k Inspect throttle system See footnote g 394 Additional Required Services The following services should be performed at the first maintenance service I or II after the indicated miles kilometers shown for each item Additional Required Services 25 75 000 100 000 125 000 150 000 Inspect fuel system for damage or leaks Inspect fuel system for damage or leaks system for damage or leaks ll HER ROR damaged components ERAT REE RS Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 302 severe se
70. come on See Brake System Warning Light on page 169 What to Add Notice When you do need brake fluid use only DOT 3 e Using the wrong fluid can badly damage brake fluid Use new brake fluid from a sealed brake system parts For example just a container only See Recommended Fluids few drops of mineral based oil such and Lubricants on page 401 as engine oil in the brake system can damage brake system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced Do not let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid e If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle s painted surfaces the paint finish can Z CAUTION be damaged Be careful not to spill brake fluid on your vehicle If you do wash it i 3 sale off immediately See Washing Your Vehicle With the wrong kind of fluid in the brake on page 374 Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it This will help keep dirt from entering the reservoir system the brakes may not work well or they may not even work at all This could cause a crash Always use the proper brake fluid 319 Brake Wear Your vehicle has front disc brakes and rear drum brakes Disc brake pads have built in wear indicators that make a high pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed The sound may come and go or be heard all the time your vehicle is moving except when you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly A CAUTION The
71. covered by your warranty Be sure the engine is not running at high speeds when shifting your vehicle 119 DRIVE D This position is for normal driving with the automatic transaxle It provides the best fuel economy for your vehicle If you need more power for passing and you are e Going less than about 35 mph 55 km h push the accelerator pedal about halfway down e Going about 35 mph 55 km h push the accelerator all the way down Downshifting the transaxle in slippery road conditions could result in skidding see Skidding under Loss of Control on page 246 INTERMEDIATE I This position is also used for normal driving However it reduces vehicle speed without using your brakes for slight downgrades where the vehicle would otherwise accelerate due to steepness of grade If constant upshifting or downshifting occurs while driving up steep hills this position can be used to prevent repetitive types of shifts You might choose INTERMEDIATE I instead of DRIVE D when driving on hilly winding roads and when towing a trailer so that there is less shifting between gears 120 LOW L This position reduces vehicle speed more than INTERMEDIATE I without actually using your brakes You can use it on very steep hills or in deep snow or mud If the shift lever is put in LOW L the transaxle will not shift into LOW L until the vehicle is going slowly enough Notice Spinning the tires or holding the vehic
72. damage to your vehicle s interior surfaces e Never apply heavy pressure or rub aggressively with a cleaning cloth Use of heavy pressure can damage your interior and does not improve the effectiveness of soil removal Use only mild neutral pH soaps Avoid laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers Using too much soap will leave a residue that leaves streaks and attracts dirt For liquid cleaners about 20 drops per gallon 3 78 L of water is a good guide Do not heavily saturate your upholstery while cleaning Damage to your vehicle s interior may result from the use of many organic solvents such as naptha alcohol etc 371 Fabric Carpet Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft brush attachment frequently to remove dust and loose dirt A canister vacuum with a beater bar in the nozzle may only be used on floor carpet and carpeted floor mats For soils always try to remove them first with plain water or club soda Before cleaning gently remove as much of the soil as possible using one of the following techniques e For liquids gently blot the remaining soil with a paper towel Allow the soil to absorb into the paper towel until no more can be removed e For solid dry soils remove as much as possible and then vacuum To clean use the following instructions 1 Saturate a lint free clean white cloth with water or club soda 2 Wring the cloth to remove excess moisture 3 Start on the outside
73. discolorations and small irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface Although no defect in the paint job causes this Saturn will repair at no charge to the owner the surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km of purchase whichever occurs first 377 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials Description Use Removes swirl marks fine Description Usage Swirl Remover Polish scratches and other light ination Polishing Cloth surface contamination Wax Treated polishing cloth Removes light scratches and protects finish Tar and Road Oil Removes tar road oil Remover and asphalt Foaming Tire Shine Cleans shines and Chrome Cleaner Use on chrome or Low Gloss and Polish stainless steel i Medi 3 White Sidewall Removes soil and black a eee E A and Tire Cleaner marks from whitewalls Wash Wax Concentrate lightly waxes protects in one easy step No wiping necessary i Biodegradable and Vinyl Cleaner Cleans vinyl phosphate free Removes dirt grime P Glass Cleaner smoke and fingerprints Quickly and easily removes spots and stains Chrome and Wire Wheel Cleaner Finish Enhancer 378 Removes dirt and grime Spot Lifter from carpets vinyl and from chrome wheels and cloth upholstery wire wheel covers Odorless spray odor Removes dust Odor Eliminator eliminator used on fabrics fingerprints and surface vinyl leather an
74. does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem 165 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Your vehicle has the passenger sensing system Your instrument panel has a passenger airbag status indicator me 14 MeL a Canada United States When the ignition key is turned to RUN or START the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off for several seconds as a system check Then after several more seconds the status indicator will light either ON or OFF or either the on or off symbol to let you know the status of the right front passenger s frontal airbag 166 If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the right front passenger s frontal airbag is enabled may inflate A CAUTION If the on indicator comes on when you have a rear facing child restraint installed in the right front passenger s seat it means that the passenger sensing system has not turned off the passenger s frontal airbag A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Do not use a rear facing child restraint in the right front passenger s seat if the airbag is
75. engine into the start stop mode See Air Conditioning and Engine Start Stop later in this section W Defrost This mode directs most of the air to the windshield with some air directed to the side window outlets and the floor outlets When you select this mode the system will turn recirculation mode off automatically and will run the air conditioning compressor unless the outside air is at or below freezing The recirculation mode cannot be selected while in defrost mode This helps prevent window fogging and moisture building up within the cabin To defrost the windows faster turn the temperature knob clockwise to the warmest setting Using the defrost mode may force the engine into the start stop mode See Air Conditioning and Engine Start Stop later in this section Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog from the rear window The rear window defogger will only work when the ignition is in RUN GW Rear Window Defogger Press the button to turn the rear window defogger on or off An indicator light above the button will come on to show that the rear window defogger is activated The rear window defogger will stay on for approximately 15 minutes after the button is pressed unless the ignition is turned to ACC or LOCK If turned on again the defogger will only run for approximately seven minutes before turning off The defogger can also be turned off by pressing the
76. fuel ignition and emission control systems This system is called OBD II On Board Diagnostics Second Generation and is intended to assure that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life of the vehicle helping to produce a cleaner environment The check engine light comes on to indicate that there is a problem and service is required Malfunctions often will be indicated by the system before any problem is apparent This may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle This system is also designed to assist your service technician in correctly diagnosing any malfunction Notice If you keep driving your vehicle with this light on after awhile the emission controls might not work as well your vehicle s fuel economy might not be as good and the engine might not run as smoothly This could lead to costly repairs that might not be covered by your warranty Notice Modifications made to the engine transaxle exhaust intake or fuel system of your vehicle or the replacement of the original tires with other than those of the same Tire Performance Criteria TPC can affect your vehicle s emission controls and may cause this light to come on Modifications to these systems could lead to costly repairs not covered by your warranty This may also result in a failure to pass a required Emission Inspection Maintenance test See Accessories and Modifications on page 287 173 This light should come on as a check to show you
77. glasses of wine or three mixed drinks if each had 1 1 2 ounces 45 ml of liquors like whiskey gin or vodka It is the amount of alcohol that counts For example if the same person drank three double martinis 3 ounces or 90 ml of liquor each within an hour the person s BAC would be close to 0 12 percent A person who consumes food just before or during drinking will have a somewhat lower BAC level There is a gender difference too Women generally have a lower relative percentage of body water than men Since alcohol is carried in body water this means that a woman generally will reach a higher BAC level than a man of her same body weight will when each has the same number of drinks The law in most U S states and throughout Canada sets the legal limit at 0 08 percent In some other countries the limit is even lower For example it is 0 05 percent in both France and Germany The BAC limit for all commercial drivers in the United States is 0 04 percent The BAC will be over 0 10 percent after three to six drinks in one hour Of course as we have seen it depends on how much alcohol is in the drinks and how quickly the person drinks them 235 But the ability to drive is affected well below a BAC of 0 10 percent Research shows that the driving skills of many people are impaired at a BAC approaching 0 05 percent and that the effects are worse at night All drivers are impaired at BAC levels above 0 05 percent
78. h slower Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increase your speed When you take your foot off the pedal the vehicle will slow down to the cruise control speed you set earlier Using Cruise Control on Hills How well your cruise control will work on hills depends upon your speed load and the steepness of the hills When going up steep hills you may have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain the vehicle s speed When going downhill you may have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep the vehicle s speed down Of course applying the brakes ends cruise control Many drivers find this to be too much trouble and do not use cruise control on steep hills Ending Cruise Control There are three ways to disengage the cruise control e Step lightly on the brake pedal or clutch when cruise control disengages the indicator light on the cruise control button will go out e Press the on off button this will turn off the cruise control system e Press the cancel button Erasing Speed Memory When you turn off the cruise control or the ignition your cruise control set speed memory is erased Headlamps The exterior lamp control is located on the turn signal multifunction lever Exterior Lamp Control Turn the control with this symbol on it to operate the exterior lamps The exterior lamp control has the following three positions AUTO Automatic Tu
79. hose from the sealant canister 3 Unwrap the sealant filling hose from the compressor Turn the sealant canister so the inflator filing hose is aligned with the slot in the compressor Lift the sealant canister from the compressor and replace with a new sealant canister See your retailer for more information To install a new sealant canister do the following 1 Align the sealant filling hose with the slot in the air compressor 2 Push the sealant canister down and turn it clockwise 3 Wrap the sealant filling hose around the air compressor channel to stow it in its original location 4 Push the air compressor inflator hose onto the sealant canister inlet and push the lever down 369 Appearance Care Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle Your vehicle s interior will continue to look its best if it is cleaned often Although not always visible dust and dirt can accumulate on your upholstery Dirt can damage carpet fabric leather and plastic surfaces Regular vacuuming is recommended to remove particles from your upholstery It is important to keep your upholstery from becoming and remaining heavily soiled Soils should be removed as quickly as possible Your vehicle s interior may experience extremes of heat that could cause stains to set rapidly Lighter colored interiors may require more frequent cleaning Use care because newspapers and garments that transfer color to your home furnishings ma
80. in the Vehicle A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle Make sure the child restraint is properly installed in the vehicle using the vehicle s safety belt or LATCH system following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual 54 To help reduce the chance of injury the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by the LATCH system See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 58 for more information A child can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle When securing an add on child restraint refer to the instructions that come with the restraint which may be on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both and to this manual The child restraint instructions are important so if they are not available obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it Securing the Child Within the Child Restraint There are several systems for securing the child within the child restraint One system
81. in any type of vehicle including utility vehicles Defensive Driving The best advice anyone can give about driving is Drive defensively Please start with a very important safety device in your vehicle Buckle up See Safety Belts They Are for Everyone on page 20 A CAUTION Defensive driving really means Be ready for anything On city streets rural roads or expressways it means Always expect the unexpected Assume that pedestrians or other drivers are going to be careless and make mistakes Anticipate what they might do and be ready Rear end collisions are about the most preventable of accidents Yet they are common Allow enough following distance Defensive driving requires that a driver concentrate on the driving task Anything that distracts from the driving task makes proper defensive driving more difficult and can even cause a Collision with resulting injury Ask a passenger to help do these things or pull off the road in a safe place to do them These simple defensive driving techniques could save your life 233 Drunken Driving Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a national tragedy It is the number one contributor to the highway death toll claiming thousands of victims every year Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive a vehicle e Judgment e Muscular Coordination e Vision e Attentiveness Police records show that almost half of all motor vehi
82. inch psi or kilopascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accessories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission transaxle power steering power brakes power windows power seats and air conditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 345 Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation DOT motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date o
83. include airbag modules and possibly other parts The service manual for your vehicle covers the need to replace other parts e Your vehicle has a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records information after a crash See Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders on page 417 e Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag system Improper service can mean that the airbag system will not work properly See your retailer for service 85 Passenger Sensing System Your vehicle has a passenger sensing system The passenger airbag status indicator on the instrument panel will be visible when you turn your ignition key to RUN or START maa MeL a United States Canada The words ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off will be visible during the system check When the system check is complete either the word ON or the word OFF or the symbol for on or the symbol for off will be visible See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 166 The passenger sensing system will turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag under certain conditions The driver s airbags are not part of the passenger sensing system 86 The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the right front passenger s seat The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the passenger s frontal airbag should be
84. is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag CAUTION Continued 70 CAUTION Continued Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat If your vehicle does not have a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint never put a child in a rear facing child restraint in the right front passenger seat unless the passenger airbag status indicator shows off and the airbag is off Here is why A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the
85. it is working when the ignition is on and the engine is not running If the light does not come on have it repaired This light will also come on during a malfunction in one of two ways e Light Flashing A misfire condition has been detected A misfire increases vehicle emissions and may damage the emission control system on your vehicle Diagnosis and service may be required e Light On Steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected on your vehicle Diagnosis and service may be required If the Light Is Flashing The following may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle e Reducing vehicle speed e Avoiding hard accelerations e Avoiding steep uphill grades e f you are towing a trailer reduce the amount of cargo being hauled as soon as it is possible 174 If the light stops flashing and remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light continues to flash when it is safe to do so stop the vehicle Find a safe place to park your vehicle Turn the key off wait at least 10 seconds and restart the engine If the light remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light is still flashing follow the previous steps and see your retailer for service as soon as possible If the Light Is On Steady You may be able to correct the emission system malfunction by considering the following Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle If so
86. on the Tire and Loading Information label This label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar See Loading Your Vehicle on page 264 for more information about the Tire and Loading Information label Different Size Tires and Wheels If you add wheels or tires that are a different size than your original equipment wheels and tires this may affect the way your vehicle performs including its braking ride and handling characteristics stability and resistance to rollover Additionally if your vehicle has electronic systems such as anti lock brakes traction control and stability control the performance of these systems can be affected A CAUTION If you add different sized wheels your vehicle may not provide an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected You may increase the chance that you will crash and suffer serious injury Only use Saturn specific wheel and tire systems developed for your vehicle and have them properly installed by a Saturn certified technician See Buying New Tires on page 350 and Accessories and Modifications on page 287 for additional information 351 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A The following information relates to the system developed by the Unit
87. on and off Turn this knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume The radio plays at the previous volume setting whenever the radio is turned on The volume can still be manually adjusted by using the volume knob Finding a Station BAND Press this button to switch between FM1 FM2 or AM The display shows the selection J Tune Turn this knob to select radio stations K SEEK amp Press the right or left SEEK arrow to go to the next or to the previous station and stay there To scan stations press and hold either SEEK arrow for a few seconds until a beep sounds The radio goes to a station plays for a few seconds then goes to the next station Press either SEEK arrow again to stop scanning The radio only seeks and scans stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band i Information Press this button to switch the display between the radio station frequency and the time While the ignition is off press this button to display the time Setting Preset Stations Up to 18 stations six FM1 six FM2 and six AM can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons by performing the following steps 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press BAND to select FM1 FM2 or AM 3 Tune in the desired station 4 Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons for three seconds until a beep sounds When that pushbutton is pressed and released the station that was set returns 5
88. page 173 A CAUTION If a fire starts while you are refueling do not remove the nozzle Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant Leave the area immediately Notice If you need a new fuel cap be sure to get the right type Your retailer can get one for you If you get the wrong type it may not fit properly This may cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light and may damage your fuel tank and emissions system See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 173 293 Filling a Portable Fuel Container A CAUTION Never fill a portable fuel container while Checking Things Under the Hood A CAUTION it is in your vehicle Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the gasoline vapor You can be badly burned and your vehicle damaged if this occurs To help avoid injury to you and others e Dispense gasoline only into approved containers Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle in a vehicle s trunk pickup bed or on any surface other than the ground Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside of the fill opening before operating the nozzle Contact should be maintained until the filling is complete e Do not smoke while pumping gasoline Do not use a cellular phone while pumping gasoline 294 An electric fan under the hood can start up and injure you even when the engine is not running Keep hands clothing and tools away fr
89. part of the proper maintenance of your vehicle To help keep your engine clean and maintain optimum vehicle performance Saturn recommends the use of gasoline advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Gasoline Octane Use regular unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 87 or higher If the octane rating is less than 87 you may notice an audible knocking noise when you drive commonly referred to as spark knock If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking your engine needs service Gasoline Specifications At a minimum gasoline should meet ASTM specification D 4814 in the United States or CAN CGSB 3 5 in Canada Some gasolines may contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbony MMT Saturn recommends against the use of gasolines containing MMT See Additives on page 290 for additional information 289 California Fuel lf your vehicle is certified to meet California Emissions Standards it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California specifications See the underhood emission control label If this fuel is not available in states adopting California emissions standards your vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal specifications but emission control system performance may be affected The malfunction indicator lamp may turn on
90. phone call away Saturn Roadside Assistance 1 800 553 6000 text telephone TTY users call 1 800 833 6000 Canadian customers call 1 800 268 6800 416 Saturn and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to limit services or reimbursement to an owner or driver when in their sole discretion the claims become excessive in frequency or type of occurrence Roadside Assistance is not part of or included in the coverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Saturn and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any time without notification Towing and Road Service Exclusions Specifically excluded from Roadside Assistance coverage are towing or services for vehicles operated on a non public roadway or highway fines impound towing caused by a violation of local Municipal State Provincial or Federal law and mounting dismounting or changing of snow tires chains or other traction devices Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders Your vehicle like other modern motor vehicles has a number of sophisticated computer systems that monitor and control several aspects of the vehicle s performance Your vehicle uses on board vehicle computers to monitor emission control components to optimize fuel economy to monitor conditions for airbag deployment and if the vehicle has the Anti lock Brake System ABS to provide anti lock
91. restraints available for children with special needs A CAUTION Newborn infants need complete support including support for the head and neck This is necessary because a newborn infant s neck is weak and its head weighs so much compared with the rest of its body In a crash an infant in a rear facing seat settles into the restraint so the crash forces can be distributed across the strongest part of an infant s body the back and shoulders Infants always should be secured in appropriate infant restraints Child Restraint Systems A CAUTION The body structure of a young child is quite unlike that of an adult or older child for whom the safety belts are designed A young child s hip bones are still so small that the vehicle s regular safety belt may not remain low on the hip bones as it should Instead it may settle up around the child s abdomen In a crash the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries Young children always should be An infant car bed A a special bed made for use secured in appropriate child restraints in a motor vehicle is an infant restraint system designed to restrain or position a child ona continuous flat surface Make sure that the infant s head rests toward the center of the vehicle 51 A rear facing infant seat B provides restraint with A forward facing child seat C E provid
92. retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 66 Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Rear Seat Position If your child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 58 If your child restraint does not have the LATCH system you will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say 1 Put the child restraint on the seat 2 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how Tilt the latch plate to adjust the belt if needed 67 3 Buckle the belt Make sure the release button 4 is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 68 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 5 If your child restraint has a top te
93. run for either heater or climate control performance See Air Conditioning and Engine Start Stop under Climate Control System on page 156 for more information e The hybrid battery pack charge is low and requires recharging e Auto Stop time is greater than two minutes Engine Coolant Heater If your vehicle has this feature in very cold weather O F 18 C or colder the engine coolant heater can help You will get easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm up Usually the coolant heater should be plugged in a minimum of four hours prior to starting your vehicle At temperatures above 32 F 0 C use of the coolant heater is not required To Use the Engine Coolant Heater 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord The cord is located near the air cleaner assembly 3 Plug it into a normal grounded 110 volt AC outlet A CAUTION Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet could cause an electrical shock Also the wrong kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire You could be seriously injured Plug the cord into a properly grounded three prong 110 volt AC outlet If the cord will not reach use a heavy duty three prong extension cord rated for at least 15 amps 4 Before starting the engine be sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it away from moving engine parts If you do not it could be damaged How long should
94. see Front Turn Signal and Parking Lamps on page 334 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 295 for more information 3 Remove the two screws retaining the headlamp assembly 2 Remove the two screws from the top of the front fascia and grille They are inboard of the headlamp assembly 332 4 Insert a flat blade tool through the opening in the top Make sure the tool fits through the opening in the headlamp bracket lower arm Push the locking tab toward the rear of the vehicle with the tool to lift the headlamp bracket lower arm Pull back on the front fascia and then pull the headlamp assembly out from the vehicle You may need someone to assist you with this step Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb assembly Turn the bulb assembly counterclockwise to remove it from the housing Replace the old bulb with a new one Reverse Steps 1 through 8 to reinstall 333 Front Turn Signal and Parking Lamps To replace a front turn signal or parking lamp bulb do the following 1 Follow Steps 1 through 6 under Headlamps on page 331 to access the front turn signal or parking lamp 2 Turn the bulb to be replaced counterclockwise to remove it from the headlamp assembly 3 Pull the bulb out of the bulb socket assembly 334 Push the new bulb into the bulb socket assembly Insert the bulb assembly into the headlamp assembly
95. the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt You should not be able to pull more of the belt from the retractor once the lock has been set Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure 8 If the airbag is off the off indicator on the instrument panel will be lit and stay lit when the key is turned to RUN or START If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle if one is available and check with your retailer To remove the child restraint if the to
96. the i i correct order making sure that the cables do 2 Disconnect the black negative cable from not touch each other or other metal the vehicle with the good battery 3 Disconnect the red positive cable from the vehicle with the good battery 4 Disconnect the red positive cable from the other vehicle 5 Return the underhood fuse block cover and engine cover to their original positions Jumper Cable Removal A Heavy Unpainted Metal Engine Part or Remote Negative Terminal B Good Battery or Remote Positive and Remote Negative Terminals C Dead Battery or Remote Positive Terminal 327 Headlamp Aiming The vehicle has a visual optical headlamp aiming system The aim of the headlamps have been preset at the factory and should need no further adjustment However if the vehicle is damaged in an accident the aim of the headlamps may be affected and adjustment may be necessary If oncoming vehicles flash their high beams at you this may mean the vertical aim of your headlamps needs to be adjusted It is recommended that the vehicle is taken to your retailer for service if the headlamps need to be adjusted It is possible however to re aim the headlamps as described in the following procedure 328 The vehicle should be properly prepared as follows The vehicle should be placed so the headlamps are 25 ft 7 6 m from a light colored wall The vehicle must have all four
97. the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel cargo and trailer tongue weight if your vehicle is pulling a trailer The Certification Tire label also tells you the maximum weights for the front and rear axles called Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR 268 To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle Your retailer can help you with this Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the centerline Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle or the GAWR for either the front or rear axle Similar looking vehicles may have different GVWRs and payloads Please consult your vehicle s Certification Tire label or your retailer for additional details A CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle Using heavier suspension components to get added durability might not change your vehicle s weight ratings Ask your retailer to help you load your vehicle correctly if you are using these components Notice Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not overload your vehicle If you put thin
98. tires on a level surface which is level all the way to the wall The vehicle should be placed so it is perpendicular to the wall or other flat surface The vehicle should not have any snow ice or mud on it The vehicle should be fully assembled and all other work stopped while headlamp aiming is being performed The vehicle should be normally loaded with a full tank of fuel and one person or 160 Ibs 75 kg sitting on the driver s seat Tires should be properly inflated Headlamp aiming is done with the vehicle s low beam headlamps The high beam headlamps will be correctly aimed if the low beam headlamps are aimed properly To adjust the vertical aim do the following 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 295 for more information 2 Locate the aim dot on the lens of the low beam headlamp 3 Measure the distance from the ground to the aim dot on the low beam headlamp Record the distance 4 At the wall measure from the ground upward A to the recorded distance from Step 3 and mark it 5 Draw or tape a horizontal line B on the wall the width of the vehicle at the height of the mark in Step 4 Notice Do not cover a headlamp to improve beam cut off when aiming Covering a headlamp may cause excessive heat build up which may cause damage to the headlamp 6 Turn on the low beam headlamps and place a piece of cardboard or equivalent in front of the headlam
99. transmitter higher and try again e Check to determine if battery replacement or resynchronization is necessary See Battery Replacement and Resynchronization under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 100 e If you are still having trouble see your Saturn retailer or authorized service provider for service 100 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation With this feature you can lock and unlock the doors from about 32 feet 10 m away using the remote keyless entry transmitter supplied with your vehicle Lock Press this button on the remote keyless entry transmitter to lock the doors This also arms the content theft deterrent system See Content Theft Deterrent on page 109 for information on arming the content theft deterrent system Your vehicle can be programmed so that the parking lamps or Daytime Running Lamps DRL will flash and or the horn will sound when you lock the doors with the remote keyless entry transmitter See your retailer for more information on programming this feature Unlock Press this button on the remote keyless entry transmitter to unlock the driver s door This also disarms the content theft deterrent system See Content Theft Deterrent on page 109 for information on disarming the content theft deterrent system Press the button again within 5 seconds to unlock the rest of the doors Your vehicle can be programmed so that the parking lamps or
100. turned on lf your vehicle has a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint a label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off If your vehicle does not have a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint never put a child in a rear facing child restraint in the right front passenger seat unless the passenger airbag status indicator shows off and the airbag is off Here is why A CAUTION Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be transported in vehicles with a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint whenever possible 167 If the word OFF o
101. vehicle Once you have reached your destination do the following 1 Set the parking brake 2 Shift the transaxle to PARK P 3 Turn the ignition key to LOCK and remove the key from the ignition 4 Reinstall the large IGN fuse Notice Too much or too little fluid can damage the transaxle Be sure that the transaxle fluid is at the proper level before towing with all four wheels on the ground Notice Don t tow a vehicle with the front drive wheels on the ground if the two front tires are of different sizes Towing with two different tire sizes on the front of the vehicle can cause severe damage to the transaxle Towing Your Vehicle From the Rear Notice Towing your vehicle from the rear could damage it Also repairs would not be covered by the warranty Never have your vehicle towed from the rear Do not tow your vehicle from the rear 273 Dolly Towing Towing a Trailer A CAUTION If you do not use the correct equipment and drive properly you can lose control when you pull a trailer For example if the trailer is too heavy the brakes may not work well or even at all You and your passengers could be seriously injured You may also damage your vehicle the resulting repairs would not be covered by your warranty Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the steps in this section Ask To tow your vehicle from the front with two wheels on the ground do the following your retailer for ad
102. vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash Your child restraint may have a single tether A or a dual tether C Either will have a single attachment B to secure the top tether to the anchor Some child restraints that have top tethers are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached Others require the top tether always to be attached In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached In the United States some child restraints also have a top tether Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint If the child restraint does not have a top tether one can be obtained in kit form for many child restraints Ask the child restraint manufacturer whether or not a kit is available 59 Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations Seating positions with top tether anchors Lower Anchor Seating positions with two lower anchors Rear Seat Each rear seating position has exposed metal anchors located in the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion The top tether anchors are located on the back of the rear seatback Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed 60 di Top Tether Anchor Do not secure a child restraint in the r
103. water Use care when directly touching or cleaning the screen as damage could result Audio Steering Wheel Controls Some audio controls can be adjusted at wa the steering wheel They include the AA following V A Press the up or the down arrow to go to the next or to the previous radio station and stay there The radio seeks stations only with a strong signal that are in the selected band To scan stations press and hold either arrow for two seconds until SCAN displays and a beep sounds The radio goes to a station plays for a few seconds then goes to the next station Press either arrow again to stop scanning While a CD is playing press the up or the down arrow to go to the next or previous track To scan the current CD press and hold either up or down arrow for more than two seconds The CD goes to the next track plays the first 10 seconds then goes to the next track Press either up or down arrow again to stop scanning To scan all of the CDs loaded press and hold either up or down arrow for more than four seconds The CD goes to the next CD plays the first 10 seconds of each track then goes to the next CD Press either up or down arrow again to stop scanning Volume Press the plus or minus button to increase or to decrease the volume Mute Press this button to silence the system Press this button again to turn the sound on 227 Radio Reception Frequency interference and stat
104. you keep the coolant heater plugged in The answer depends on the outside temperature the kind of oil you have and some other things Instead of trying to list everything here we ask that you contact your retailer in the area where you will be parking your vehicle The retailer can give you the best advice for that particular area 117 Automatic Transaxle Operation The shift lever is located on the console between the seats There are several different positions for the automatic transaxle O00000 PARK P This position locks the front wheels It is the best position to use when you start the engine because your vehicle cannot move easily 118 A CAUTION It is dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set your parking brake and move the shift lever to PARK P See Shifting Into Park P on page 122 If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 274 Make sure the shift lever is fully in PARK P before starting the engine Your vehicle has an automatic transaxle shift lock control system You have to fully apply the regular brak
105. your vehicle serviced right away Brake System Warning Light Your vehicle s hydraulic brake system is divided into two parts If one part is not working the other part can still work and stop you For good braking though you need both parts working well If the brake system warning light comes on there is a brake problem Have your brake system inspected right away T BRAKE T Canada United States The brake light is located in the instrument panel cluster This light should come on briefly when you turn the ignition key to RUN If it does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem When the ignition is on the brake light will come on when you set your parking brake The light will stay on if your parking brake does not release fully A chime will also sound if the parking brake is not fully released and the vehicle is moving If it stays on after your parking brake is fully released it means you have a brake problem The brake light will also come on to indicate a low brake fluid level See Brakes on page 318 for more information If the light comes on while you are driving pull off the road and stop carefully You may notice that the pedal is harder to push or the pedal may go closer to the floor It may take longer to stop If the light is still on have the vehicle towed for service See Towing Your Vehicle on page 270 A CAUTION Your brake system may no
106. your warranty Engine Coolant Level Check Check the engine coolant level and add DEX COOL coolant mixture if necessary See Engine Coolant on page 306 for further details Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check Check the windshield washer fluid level in the windshield washer fluid reservoir and add the proper fluid if necessary 398 At Least Once a Month Tire Inspection and Inflation Check Visually inspect your vehicle s tires for wear and make sure they are inflated to the correct pressures See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 345 At Least Once a Year Starter Switch Check A CAUTION When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle 2 Firmly apply both the parking brake and the regular brake See Parking Brake on page 121 Do not use the accelerator pedal and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts 3 Try to start the engine in each gear The vehicle should start only in PARK P or NEUTRAL N If the vehicle starts in any other position contact your Saturn retailer for service Automatic Transaxle Shift Lock Control System Check A CAUTION When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehic
107. 0 Fabric Carpet sesidir iasa 372 Finish Cale gora sinismena soa erandite 374 Finish Damage isararsisisi a 377 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUMaCes sosiiiiensisreenisrinnnienie 373 Sheet Metal Damage n 377 TREE r our he E KERNE 376 Underbody Maintenance s e 377 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 378 Washing Your Vehicle eseese 374 Weatherstrips asssssssssssrrrrrssrrnrenerrrisernnnns 373 Windshield and Wiper Blades 375 Audio System s u s sssseeerereeeren ennen 184 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 227 Care of Your CD and DVD Player 229 Care of Your CDs and DVDs 0205 229 Fixed Mast Antenna esere 229 Audio System s cont Radio With CD 3 rene 188 195 Radio with CD and DVD e eee 205 Setting the Time cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 186 Understanding Radio Reception 228 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 229 Auto Stop Mode ccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 181 Automatic Headlamp System n s 153 Automatic Transaxle IWC SEE EET EE 305 Operaatio sisinta aai 118 B BAG soon eder 321 Run Down Protection ccecce 154 Battery Warning Light u u u sseseeeerrrere nerne 168 Before Leaving on a Long Trip essees 253 Brake Anti Lock Brake System ABS 238 Emergencies ccecceeeeeeeeeneereeneeees 240 Parking consider 121 System Warning Light a 169
108. 2007 Saturn VUE Green Line Hybrid Owner Manual AA Seats and Restraint Systems Front Seats Rear Seats Safety Belts Child Restraints Airbag System Restraint System Check Features and Controls Keys Doors and Locks Windows Theft Deterrent Systems Starting and Operating Your Vehicle Mirrors OnStar System Storage Areas Sunroof Instrument Panel cen Instrument Panel Overview Climate Controls Warning Lights Gages and Indicators Audio System s Driving Your Vehicle eee Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle Towing Service and Appearance Care 4 285 Maintenance Schedule 389 Service GW eeeccccccccecsesssseseeeeeseeseaaeeeeeeseeess 287 Maintenance Schedule eeeeeeees 390 Checking Things Under the Hood 204 Customer Assistance Information 407 Headlamp AiMiNg u ceeesssceceeeeeeseseees 328 eae and 408 Bulb Replacement o eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 331 R ie ea t Defect eee 422 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement 338 PRENI SS ESRR a PES raaa aa A aa AaS 339 Inden j aaa aa 425 Appearance Care ooi ceccccceeseeeceeeeeeeeeees 370 Vehicle Identification oo eeeeeeeeeee 379 Electrical System oo eeecccceceeeccceeeee ees 380 Capacities and Specifications 387 SATURN the SATURN Emblem and the name VUE are registered trademarks of Saturn Corporation GENERAL MOTORS and GM are registered trademarks of General Motors Corporation This manual inc
109. 258 What is the worst time for this Wet ice Very cold snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on But wet ice can be even more trouble because it may offer the least traction of all You can get wet ice when it is about freezing 32 F 0 C and freezing rain begins to fall Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews can get there Whatever the condition smooth ice packed blowing or loose snow drive with caution Accelerate gently Try not to break the fragile traction If you accelerate too fast the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface under the tires even more The Anti Lock Brake System ABS improves your If You Are Caught in a Blizzard vehicle s stability when you make a hard stop on a slippery road Even though you have ABS lf you are stopped by heavy snow you could be in you will want to begin stopping sooner than a serious situation You should probably stay you would on dry pavement See Anti Lock Brake with your vehicle unless you know for sure that you System ABS on page 238 are near help and you can hike through the snow Here are some things to do to summon help and keep yourself and your passengers safe e Turn on your hazard flashers e Allow greater following distance on any slippery road e Watch for slippery spots The road might be fine until you hit a spot that is covered with ice On an otherwise clear road ice patches may appear in shaded areas wher
110. Clean your skin and nails with soap and water or a good hand cleaner Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil See the manufacturer s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products Used oil can be a threat to the environment If you change your own oil be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash pouring it on the ground into sewers or into streams or bodies of water Instead recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil If you have a problem properly disposing of your used oil ask your retailer a service station or a local recycling center for help 301 Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Compartment Overview on page 296 for the location of the engine air cleaner filter When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter Inspect the air cleaner filter at the Maintenance II intervals and replace it at the first oil change after each 50 000 mile 83 000 km interval See Scheduled Maintenance on page 392 for more information If you are driving in dusty dirty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change 302 How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter To inspect the air cleaner filter remove the filter from the vehicle and lightly shake the filter to release loose dust and dirt If the filter remains caked with dirt a new filter is required To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner fil
111. DRL will flash and or the horn will sound when you unlock the doors with the remote keyless entry transmitter See your retailer for more information on programming this feature 2 Panic Alarm Press the button with the horn symbol when the ignition is turned off The horn will sound and the parking lamps or DRL and dome lamp will flash for up to two minutes To stop the panic alarm press this button again Matching Transmitter s to Your Vehicle Each remote keyless entry transmitter is coded to prevent another transmitter from unlocking your vehicle If a transmitter is lost or stolen a replacement can be purchased through your retailer Remember to bring any remaining transmitters with you when you go to your retailer When the retailer matches the replacement transmitter to your vehicle any remaining transmitters must also be matched Once your retailer has coded the new transmitter the lost transmitter will not unlock your vehicle Each vehicle can have a maximum of four transmitters matched to it Battery Replacement Under normal use the battery in your remote keyless entry transmitter should last about four years You can tell the battery is weak if the transmitter will not work at the normal range in any location If you have to get close to your vehicle before the transmitter works it is probably time to change the battery Notice When replacing the battery use care not to touch any of the circuitry Static
112. Frequent stops are very important to allow the engine and transaxle to cool Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade If you don t shift down you might have to use your brakes so much that they would get hot and no longer work well On a long uphill grade shift down and reduce your speed to around 45 mph 70 km h to reduce the possibility of the engine and the transaxle overheating If your engine does overheat see Engine Overheating on page 309 282 Parking on Hills A CAUTION You really should not park your vehicle with a trailer attached on a hill If something goes wrong your rig could start to move People can be injured and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged But if you ever have to park your rig on a hill here s how to do it 1 Apply your regular brakes but don t shift into PARK P When parking uphill turn your wheels away from the curb When parking downhill turn your wheels into the curb 2 Have someone place chocks behind the trailer wheels 3 When the chocks are in place release the regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load 4 Reapply the regular brakes Then apply your parking brake and shift into PARK P 5 Release the regular brakes When You Are Ready to Leave After Parking on a Hill 1 Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down while you e start your engine e shift into a gear and e rel
113. ION Idling the engine in a closed in place or with the climate control system off can cause deadly carbon monoxide CO See Engine Exhaust on page 125 6 Start the vehicle See Starting the Engine Automatic Engine Start Stop on page 113 for more information The vehicle must be running while using the air compressor A CAUTION Inflating something too much can make it explode and you or others could be injured Be sure to read the inflator instructions and inflate the tire to its recommended pressure Do not exceed 36 psi 248 kPa 363 7 Push the inflator kit switch to the I on position The inflator kit forces sealant and air into the tire Sealant can leak from the puncture hole until the vehicle is driven and the hole has sealed Make sure there is a proper connection between the tire valve stem and the sealant filling hose by looking at the air pressure gage If there is not a pressure reading while the compressor is running the connection between the inflator kit and the tire is bad Check the attachment between the sealant filing hose and the tire valve stem Inflate the tire up to the recommended inflation pressure found on the Tire and Loading Information label located on the vehicle s center pillar B pillar below the vehicle s door latch using the air pressure gage on the top of the unit The pressure gage reading is slightly high while the compressor is on Turn the compres
114. Messages for XM Only See XM Radio Messages on page 212 later in this section for further detail 200 Radio Messages Calibration Error The audio system has been calibrated for your vehicle from the factory If Calibration Error displays the radio has not been configured properly and your vehicle must be returned to your retailer for service Playing a CD Single CD Player Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls it in and the CD should begin playing Playing a CD s Six Disc CD Player LOAD V Press this button to load CDs into the CD player This CD player holds up to six CDs To insert one CD do the following 1 Press and release the load button 2 Wait for the message to insert the disc 3 Load a CD Insert the CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls the CD in To insert multiple CDs do the following 1 Press and hold the load button for two seconds A beep sounds and Load All Discs displays 2 Follow the displayed instruction on when to insert the discs The CD player takes up to six CDs 3 Press the Load button again to cancel loading more CDs If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it stays in the player While the ignition or radio is turned on the CD starts playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source When a CD is inserted the CD symbol displays on the CD As each new track starts to play the tr
115. Press the CD eject button to eject CD s To eject the CD that is currently playing press and release this button A beep sounds and Ejecting Disc displays Once the disc is ejected Remove Disc displays The CD can be removed If the CD is not removed after several seconds the CD automatically pulls back into the player and begins playing For the Six Disc CD player press and hold the eject button for two seconds to eject all discs A Tune Turn this knob to select tracks on the CD currently playing K SEEK Press the left SEEK arrow to go to the start of the current track if more than ten seconds have played Press the right SEEK arrow to go to the next track If either SEEK arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player continues moving backward or forward through the tracks on the CD lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold this button to reverse playback quickly within a track Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track displays 202 gt gt FWD Fast Forward Press and hold this button to advance playback quickly within a track Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track displays RDM Random With the random setting the tracks can be listened to in random rather than sequential order on one CD or all CDs ina six disc CD player To use random do one of
116. Seats 1 W W Wu u uw ssessekererrrrenene renerne 11 Manual Reclining Seatbacks cee 12 Head Restraints ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 15 Passenger Folding Seatback 0068 16 Rear Seats 0 00 0 cer anna soens iinnat 19 Split Folding Rear Seat eee 19 Safety Belts 0 2 0 nnee 20 Safety Belts They Are for Everyone 20 Questions and Answers About Safety Belts ceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeees 25 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 26 Driver Position 0cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeees 26 Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment 35 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 36 Right Front Passenger Position 0 36 Rear Seat Passengers accessere 37 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides 40 Safety Belt Pretensioners cc 43 Safety Belt Extender ccccseeceeeeeneeeees 43 Child Restraints ccccceccceceeeeee seen eens 44 Older Children sirsa dainai 44 Infants and Young Children seen 47 Child Restraint Systems ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 51 Where to Put the Restraint cceeeee 56 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH 0ccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 58 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Outside Seat Position 08 64 Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Rear Seat Position 000 67 Securing a Child Restraint in the Rig
117. TION that rear facing child restraints be A child in a rear facing child restraint can transported in vehicles with a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is restraint whenever possible because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Be sure the airbag is off If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure before using a rear facing child restraint the child restraint in a rear seat in the right front seat position Even though the passenger sensing Wherever you install a child restraint be sure to system is designed to turn off the secure the child restraint properly passenger s frontal airbag if the system Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint detects a rear facing child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it CAUTION Continued 57 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving or in a crash This system is designed to make installation of a child restraint easier The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on th
118. The traction control system can be turned off by pressing this button If the system is limiting wheel spin when you press this button the system will not turn off until there is no longer a current need to limit wheel spin You can turn the system back on at any time by pressing the button again If the traction control warning light does not come on you may not have traction control and your vehicle should be serviced at a retailer Adding non Saturn accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 287 for more information Steering Electric Power Steering If the engine stalls while you are driving the power steering assist system will continue to operate until you are able to stop your vehicle If you lose power steering assist because the electric power steering system is not functioning you can steer but it will take more effort If you turn the steering wheel in either direction several times until it stops or hold the steering wheel in the stopped position for an extended amount of time you may notice a reduced amount of power steering assist The normal amount of power steering assist should return shortly after a few normal steering movements The electric power steering system does not require regular maintenance If you suspect steering system problems and or the Service Vehicle Soon light comes on contact your retailer for service repairs 241 Steering Ti
119. WD Fast Forward Press and hold this button to advance playback quickly within an MP3 file Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the file The elapsed time of the file displays RDM Random With the random setting MP3 files on the CD R can be listened to in random rather than sequential order on one CD R or all discs in a six disc CD player To use random do one of the following 1 To play MP3 files from the CD R you are listening to in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Random Current Disc displays Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play 2 To play songs from all CDs loaded in a six disc CD player in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Randomize All Discs displays Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play Music Navigator Use the music navigator feature to play MP3 files on the CD R in order by artist or album Press the pushbutton located below the music navigator label The player scans the disc to sort the files by artist and album ID3 tag information It can take several minutes to scan the disc depending on the number of MP3 files recorded to the CD R The radio can begin playing while it is scanning the disc in the background When the scan is finished the CD R begins playing again Once the disc has been scanned the player defaults to playing MP3 files in order by art
120. a wet road you cannot stop accelerate or turn as well because your tire to road traction is not as good as on dry roads And if your tires do not have much tread left you will get even less traction It is always wise to go slower and be cautious if rain starts to fall while you are driving The surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are tuned for driving on dry pavement The heavier the rain the harder it is to see Even if your windshield wiper blades are in good shape a heavy rain can make it harder to see road signs and traffic signals pavement markings the edge of the road and even people walking It is wise to keep your wiping equipment in good shape and keep your windshield washer fluid reservoir filled with washer fluid Replace your windshield wiper inserts when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield or when strips of rubber start to separate from the inserts A CAUTION Wet brakes can cause accidents They may not work as well in a quick stop and may cause pulling to one side You could lose control of the vehicle After driving through a large puddle of water or a car wash apply the brake pedal lightly until the brakes work normally Driving too fast through large water puddles or even going through some car washes can cause problems too The water may affect your brakes Try to avoid puddles But if you cannot try to slow down before you hit them Hydroplaning H
121. a slow vehicle wait your turn But take care that someone is not trying to pass you as you pull out to pass the slow vehicle Remember to glance over your shoulder and check the blind spot Check your vehicle s mirrors glance over your shoulder and start your left lane change signal before moving out of the right lane to pass When you are far enough ahead of the passed vehicle to see its front in your vehicle s inside mirror activate the right lane change signal and move back into the right lane Remember that your vehicle s passenger side outside mirror is convex The vehicle you just passed may seem to be farther away from you than it really is Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time on two lane roads Reconsider before passing the next vehicle Do not overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly Even though the brake lamps are not flashing it may be slowing down or starting to turn If you are being passed make it easy for the following driver to get ahead of you Perhaps you can ease a little to the right 245 Loss of Control Let us review what driving experts say about what happens when the three control systems brakes steering and acceleration do not have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked In any emergency do not give up Keep trying to steer and constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger Skidding In a skid a driver can lose
122. a specific coolant fill procedure Failure to follow this procedure could cause your engine to overheat and be severely damaged If you have not found a problem yet check to see if coolant is visible in the surge tank If coolant is visible but the coolant level is not at the COLD FILL line add a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant at the coolant surge tank but be sure the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap is cool before you do it See Engine Coolant on page 306 for more information A CAUTION Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly They are under pressure and if you turn the coolant surge tank pressure cap even a little they can come out at high speed Never turn the cap when the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap is hot Wait for the cooling system and coolant surge tank pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap 313 Notice In cold weather water can freeze and n crack the engine radiator heater core and A CAUTION other parts Use the recommended coolant and the proper coolant mixture A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Your vehicle s coolant warning system is se
123. ack number displays The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs with an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner If playing a CD R the sound quality can be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There can be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs and DVDs on page 229 for more information If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen Notice If a label is added to a CD or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs the CD player could be damaged While using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section 201 A EJECT
124. afety treat drowsiness on the highway as an emergency Hill and Mountain Roads Driving on steep hills or mountains is different from driving in flat or rolling terrain If you drive regularly in steep country or if you are planning to visit there here are some tips that can make your trips safer and more enjoyable e Keep your vehicle in good shape Check all fluid levels and also the brakes tires cooling system and transaxle These parts can work hard on mountain roads A CAUTION If you do not shift down the brakes could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Shift down to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope 255 A CAUTION Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL N or with the ignition off is dangerous The brakes will have to do all the work of slowing down They could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Always have the engine running and your vehicle in gear when you go downhill e Know how to go down hills The most important thing to know is this let your engine do some of the slowing down Shift to a lower gear when you go down a steep or long hill e Know how to go uphill You may want to shift down to a lower gear The lower gears help cool your engine and transaxle and you can climb the hill better 256
125. aintenance Record After the scheduled services are performed record the date odometer reading who performed the service and the type of services performed in the boxes provided See Maintenance Requirements on page 390 Any additional information from Owner Checks and Services on page 397 can be added on the following record pages You should retain all maintenance receipts Maintenance Record Maintenance Record cont d Maintenance Record cont d Odometer A Maintenance I or 7 Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed 406 Section 7 Customer Assistance Information Customer Assistance and Information 408 Reporting Safety Defects 00000000 422 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 408 Reporting Safety Defects to the Online Owner Center ceeeeeeeee eee 411 United States Government 0608 422 Customer Assistance for Text Reporting Safety Defects to the Telephone TTY Users 0cccceeeeeeeees 412 Canadian Government scene 422 Customer Assistance Offices 00 412 Reporting Safety Defects to Saturn 423 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 413 Service Publications Ordering Roadside Assistance Program 0 413 MOMAN a 423 Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders eeens 417 Collision Damage Repair ccee 418 407 Customer Assistance and Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure You
126. al or near frontal crashes But they are designed to inflate only if the impact exceeds a predetermined deployment threshold Deployment thresholds take into account a variety of desired deployment and non deployment events and are used to predict how severe a crash is likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and help restrain the occupants Whether your frontal airbags will or should deploy is not based on how fast your vehicle is traveling It depends largely on what you hit the direction of the impact and how quickly your vehicle slows down In addition your vehicle has dual stage frontal airbags which adjust the restraint according to crash severity For moderate frontal impacts these airbags inflate at a level less than full deployment For more severe frontal impacts full deployment occurs If the front of your vehicle goes straight into a wall that does not move or deform the threshold level for the reduced deployment is about 10 to 15 mph 16 to 24 km h and the threshold level for a full deployment is about 17 to 25 mph 27 to 40 km h The threshold level can vary however with specific vehicle design so that it can be somewhat above or below this range Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash speeds For example e If the vehicle hits a stationary object the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a moving object e If the vehicle hits an object that deforms t
127. alant Filling On Off Switch Hose If the flat tire is due to a slow leak caused by a nail or other similar road hazard the tire inflator kit can be used to temporarily repair the damaged tire After temporarily repairing a tire using the tire inflator kit it is recommended to take your vehicle to an authorized retailer within 100 miles 161 kilometers of driving to have the tire inspected and repaired If the sealant is not removed from the tire within 100 miles 161 kilometers of driving it is more likely that the tire may get damaged and have to be replaced 359 Accessing the Tire Inflator Kit To access the tire inflator kit do the following il 3 Remove the forward floor panel of the load floor cargo organizer and place it in the vehicle while you are removing the tire inflator kit 1 Open the liftgate See Liftgate on page 106 for more information 2 Lift the forward floor panel of the load floor cargo organizer 360 4 Open the floor cargo organizer locks located on the top left and right corners of the organizer by pushing inward on them 5 Remove the load floor cargo organizer Remove the foam retainer bolt B holding down the foam container Remove the foam container C Remove the inflator kit A from its foam container 361 Tire Sealant The kit contains a liquid sealant t
128. and Temperature Display ceeeeeeeeeeeees 127 Outside Power Mirrors ceecee 130 Outside Convex Mirror neeese 130 OnStar System ccccccceceeeecesceseeeeeee 131 Storage Areas e 134 GIOVE BOX sisson inea aE AEA 134 Cupholder S riiin innsinn aa 134 Floor Console Storage Area a 135 Center Console Storage Area 135 Garment HOOKS 53 ra ERAT 135 Cargo Area u W G G G ssseeerreeereene enn nen nn nn nnee 135 Cargo Tie DOWNS oser den hehe nes 137 Sunroof eres 137 Keys A CAUTION Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons children or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function with the keys in the ignition and they could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not leave the keys in a vehicle with children One key is used for the ignition and all of the locks 98 Key code information can be obtained only at the retailer where your vehicle was purchased These code numbers can be used to make new keys Additional keys that are needed can be made at any retail service facility provided you have the key code information Store this information in a safe place but not in your vehicle Have extra keys made Your service parts department can make extra keys for you Notice If you
129. and variance zone number on the following zone map desired zone number appears in the display Release the button After approximately four seconds of inactivity the new zone number will be locked in and the comp temp display will return Cleaning the Mirror When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as that may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing 2 Press and hold the on off button until a zone number appears in the display The compass is now in zone mode 129 Outside Power Mirrors The outside power mirror controls are located on the driver s side of the vehicle next to the shift lever Move the selector switch to the left or right to choose the mirror to be adjusted then press the four way control pad to adjust the direction of the mirror 130 Outside Convex Mirror A CAUTION A convex mirror can make things like other vehicles look farther away than they really are If you cut too sharply into the right lane you could hit a vehicle on your right Check your inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes The passenger s side mirror is convex A convex mirror s surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver s seat It also makes things appear farther away than they really are OnStar System elle le OnStar uses several innovative techno
130. andom do the following 1 To play tracks from the CD in random order press the RDM pushbutton The random icon displays 2 Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play The random icon displays RPT Repeat With repeat one track or an entire CD can be repeated To use repeat do the following e To repeat the track press and release the RPT button An arrow symbol displays Press RPT again to turn off repeat play e To repeat the CD PRESS and hold the RPT button for a few seconds An arrow symbol displays Press RPT again to turn off repeat play When repeat is off the symbol no longer displays i Information Press this button to switch the display between the track number elapsed time of the track and the time When the ignition is off press this button to display the time BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD when listening to the radio The CD icon and track number displays while a CD is in the player Press this button again and the system automatically searches for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player CD Messages CHECK DISC If this message displays and or the CD ejects it could be for one of the following reasons e Itis very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play e You are driving on a very rough r
131. anea ae a Henne 297 Oil Life System Xu u u sssesrerereeereer esserne 300 Overheads ae aars ns 309 Reduced Power Light ensenen 178 StA rousa naaa NED 113 Entry Lighting 55 osse 154 Event Data Recorders EDR u u u dvdcseeeeee 417 Extender Safety Belt sssssenererenrre 43 Filter Engine Air Cleaner a e 302 Finish Damage 22222224 ASSER DEERE ERA 377 Fixed Mast Antenna ceseeeeeneeeeeeeeeeees 229 Flashers Hazard Warning sssseeererrree 144 PFlashto PaSS aeciaii a 146 EUT ES a 357 Fluid Automatic Transaxle i e 305 Windshield Washer scce 317 Folding Rear Seat nssr hebr ere 19 Folding Seatback Passenger ccceee 16 Front Console Storage Area ceee 135 Fuel ad arier a E rA 289 ACOIIVES sesinssecansnudsnaansmnaduientedbsaabandeents ede 290 California Fusioner rran 290 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 294 Filling Your Tank 252 oser eee 292 Fuels in Foreign Countries 2 291 429 Fuel cont GAGE are ao en rene Ene bends 180 Gasoline Octane a e 289 Gasoline Specifications 289 Low Warning Light eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 181 Fuel Economy Light escroissir 183 Fuses Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0000 380 Instrument Panel Fuse Block 381 Underhood Fuse BIOCcKk cceceeeeeeeees 382 Windshield Wiper 0 ceeecseeeeeeeneeeeees 380 Gage PUGH seein reder egene dene 180 Speedometer
132. anual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle See Towing a Trailer on page 274 for important information on towing a trailer towing safety rules and trailering tips Item Description Tota Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Example 1 Subtract Occupant Weight 300 Ibs 136 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg x 2 Available Occupant and Cargo Weight 700 Ibs 317 kg 266 Example 2 Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Subtract Occupant Weight 750 Ibs 340 kg 250 Ibs 113 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg x 5 C Available Occupant and Cargo Weight Example 3 Item Description Tota Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Subtract Occupant Weight 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Available Occupant and Cargo Weight 0 Ibs 0 kg 200 Ibs 91 kg x 5 Refer to your vehicle s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s maximum vehicle capacity weight 267 Certification Tire Label GAWR FRT GAWR RR A vehicle specific Certification Tire label is attached to the rear edge of the driver s door The label shows the gross weight capacity of your vehicle This is called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes
133. applied right on the child s abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries Wherever the child sits the lap portion of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the child s thighs This applies belt force to the child s pelvic bones in a crash Infants and Young Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection This includes infants and all other children Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need for everyone to use safety restraints In fact the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Never leave children unattended in a vehicle and never allow children to play with the safety belts 47 Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles they should have the protection provided by appropriate restraints Young children should not use the vehicle s adult safety belts alone unless there is no other choice Instead they need to use a child restraint A CAUTION People should never hold a baby in their arms while riding in a vehicle A baby does not weigh much until a crash During a crash a baby will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it For example in a crash at only 25 mph
134. arging If your vehicle s standard 12 volt battery has run down you may want to use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely Trying to start your vehicle by pushing or 2 pulling it will not work and it could damage A CAUTION your vehicle 1 Check the other vehicle It must have a Batteries can hurt you They can be 12 volt battery with a negative ground system dangerous because i i e They contain acid that can burn you Notice If the other vehicle s system is not a 12 volt system with a negative ground both vehicles can be damaged Only use vehicles with 12 volt systems with negative grounds to jump start your vehicle 2 Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables can reach but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other If they are it could cause a ground connection you do not e They contain gas that can explode or ignite e They contain enough electricity to burn you If you do not follow these steps exactly some or all of these things can hurt you Notice Ignoring these steps could result in want You would not be able to start your costly damage to your vehicle that would vehicle and the bad grounding could damage not be covered by your warranty the electrical systems To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling set the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in the jump start procedure Put a
135. atherstrips PPE TESST ESSE EESESETESSES 373 Underhood Fuse BIOCK 2 382 Washing Your Vehicle occ 374 Capacities and Specifications 387 286 Service Your Saturn retailer knows your vehicle best and wants you to be happy with it We hope you will go to your retailer for all your service needs You will get genuine Saturn parts and Saturn trained and supported service people We hope you will want to keep your Saturn vehicle all Saturn Genuine Saturn parts have one of these marks ACDelco SATURN e Accessories and Modifications When you add non Saturn accessories to your vehicle they can affect your vehicle s performance and safety including such things as airbags braking stability ride and handling emissions systems aerodynamics durability and electronic systems like anti lock brakes traction control and stability control Some of these accessories may even cause malfunction or damage not covered by warranty Saturn accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on your vehicle Your Saturn retailer can accessorize your vehicle using genuine Saturn accessories When you go to your Saturn retailer and ask for Saturn accessories you will know that Saturn trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine Saturn accessories 287 California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles including this one contain A CAUTION
136. ay Buttons Once a DVD is inserted a screen display menu shows several tag options for DVD playing Press the pushbuttons located under any desired tag option during DVD playback See the tag options listed below for more information gt Il Play Pause Press either the play or pause icon displayed on the radio system to toggle between pausing or restarting playback of a DVD If the forward arrow is showing on display the system is in pause mode If the pause icon is showing on display the system is in playback mode E Stop Press this button to stop playing rewinding or fast forwarding a DVD lt 4 Enter Press this button to select the choices that are highlighted in any menu Menu Press this button to access the DVD menu The DVD menu is different on every DVD Use the pushbuttons located under the navigation arrows to navigate the cursor through the DVD menu After making a selection press the enter button This button only operates when using a DVD Nav Navigate Press this button to display directional arrows for navigating through the menus amp Return Press this button to exit the current active menu and return to the previous menu This button operates only when a DVD is playing and a menu is active Playing a Disc To play a disc gently insert the disc with the label side up into the loading slot The player starts loading the disc into the system and display Loading Disc on the
137. ayed Press the pushbutton located under that label The HR MIN MM DD YYYY displays Press the pushbutton located under any one of the labels that you want to change Every time the pushbutton is pressed again the time or the date if selected increases by one e Another way to increase the time or date is to press the right SEEK arrow or FWD forward button e To decrease the time or date press the left SEEK arrow or REV reverse button or turn the tune knob located on the upper right side of the radio 187 The date does not automatically display To see the date press the MENU button and then the clock button while the radio is on The date with display times out after a few seconds and goes back to the normal radio and time display To change the time default setting from 12 hour to 24 hour or to change the date default setting from month day year to day month year follow these instructions 1 Press the clock button and then the pushbutton located under the forward arrow label Once the time 12H and 24H and the date MM DD YYYY month day and year and DD MM YYYY day month and year displays 2 Press the pushbutton located under the desired option 3 Press the clock or MENU button again to apply the selected default or let the screen time out 188 Radio with CD Base 0 103 7 FM1 Ciee 7 Playing the Radio cb Power Volume Press this knob to turn the system
138. azard warning flashers work no matter what position the key is in and even if the key is not in the ignition switch Press the button to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off Press the button again to turn the flashers off While the hazard warning flashers are on the turn signals do not work Horn Press near or on the horn symbols on your steering wheel pad to sound the horn 144 Tilt Wheel Your vehicle has a tilt wheel which allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can raise it to the highest level to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle The lever that allows F you to tilt the steering wheel is located on the left side of the steering column To tilt the wheel hold the wheel and push the lever down Then move the wheel to a comfortable position and pull the lever up firmly to lock the column in place Turn Signal Multifunction Lever The lever on the left side of the steering column includes the following e Turn and Lane Change Signals See Turn and Lane Change Signals on page 145 e Exterior Lamp Control See Headlamps on page 151 e ZD Headlamp High Low Beam Changer See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 146 e Flash to Pass Feature See Flash to Pass on page 146 e AUTO Automatic Headlamps See Automatic Headlamp System on page 153 Turn and Lane Change Signals The turn signal has one upward for right and one dow
139. be very close to the inflating airbag CAUTION Continued 87 If your vehicle does not have a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint CAUTION Continued never put a child in a rear facing child restraint in the right front passenger seat unless the passenger airbag status indicator shows off and the airbag is off Here is why A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be transported in vehicles with a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint would be very close to the restraint whenever possible inflating airbag Be sure the airbag is off before using a rear facing child restraint in the right front seat position If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat CAUTION Continued 88 The passenger sensing system is designed to
140. ble to steer the vehicle nor does it prevent people from leaving the vehicle 84 A CAUTION When an airbag inflates there may be dust in the air This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this everyone in the vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so If you have breathing problems but cannot get out of the vehicle after an airbag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or a door If you experience breathing problems following an airbag deployment you should seek medical attention Your vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors turn the interior dome lamp on and flash the exterior lamps on and off when the airbags inflate You can lock the doors again and turn the interior lamps off by using the door lock and interior lamp controls You must first however turn your ignition key to the following ignition switch positions 1 Turn the ignition key to LOCK 2 Turn the ignition key to RUN In many crashes severe enough to inflate an airbag windshields are broken by vehicle deformation Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the right front passenger airbag e Airbags are designed to inflate only once After an airbag inflates you will need some new parts for the airbag system If you do not get them the airbag system will not be there to help protect you in another crash A new system will
141. body would move too far forward which would increase the chance of head and neck injury Also the belt would apply too much force to the ribs which are not as strong as shoulder bones You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen A The shoulder belt is worn under the arm It should be worn over the shoulder at all times 33 Q wnat is wrong with this i a A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt In a crash you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces If a belt is twisted make it straight so it can work properly or ask your retailer to fix it ie ry aly A The belt is twisted across the body 34 To unlatch the belt push the button on the buckle The belt should go back out of the way Before you close the door be sure the belt is out of the way If you slam the door on it you can damage both the belt and your vehicle Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment Before you begin to drive move the shoulder belt height adjuster to the height that is right for you Adjust the height so that the shoulder portion of the belt is centered on your shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash To move it up or down squeeze the release buttons A together
142. brake wear warning sound means that soon the brakes will not work well That could lead to an accident When you hear the brake wear warning sound have your vehicle serviced Notice Continuing to drive with worn out brake pads could result in costly brake repair 320 Some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied This does not mean something is wrong with your brakes Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation When tires are rotated inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to Saturn torque specifications Your rear drum brakes do not have wear indicators but if you ever hear a rear brake rubbing noise have the rear brake linings inspected immediately Also the rear brake drums should be removed and inspected each time the tires are removed for rotation or changing When you have the front brake pads replaced have the rear brakes inspected too Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets Brake Pedal Travel See your retailer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel This could be a sign of brake trouble Brake Adjustment Every time you make a moderate brake stop your brakes adjust for wear If you rarely make a moderate or heavier stop then your brakes might not adjust correctly If you drive in
143. ce on the radio To turn the RSE system back on again press the power button on the radio then press the DVD AUX button This brings up the softkey menu displayed on the radio Press the play pause icon to begin playback from where it had previously stopped To stop playing a DVD without turning off the system press the stop button on the remote control or press the pushbutton located under the stop or the play pause symbol tags displayed on the radio 222 To resume DVD playback press the play pause button on the remote control or press the pushbutton located under the play pause symbol tag displayed on the radio The DVD should resume play from where it last stopped if the disc has not been ejected and the stop button has not been pressed twice on the remote control If the disc has been ejected or the stop button has been pressed twice on the remote control the disc resumes playing at the beginning of the disc Ejecting a Disc Press the eject button on the radio to eject the disc If a disc is ejected from the radio but not removed the radio reloads the disc after a short period of time The disc is stored in the radio The radio does not resume play of the disc automatically Remote Control To use the remote control aim it at the transmitter window below the video screen and press the desired button Direct sunlight or very bright light could affect the ability of the RSE transmitter to receive signals from
144. ceed 55 mph 90 km h until you have the damaged tire inspected and repaired Place it in a highly visible location such as the inside of the upper left corner of the windshield or to the face of the radio clock 18 Return the equipment to the proper storage location in the rear of your vehicle To do this insert the tire inflator kit back into the foam container and place the foam container onto the storage bracket Securely tighten down the foam container with the foam retainer bolt A CAUTION Storing the tire inflator kit or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store the tire inflator kit in the proper place 19 Reverse Steps 1 through 4 under Accessing the Tire Inflator Kit earlier in this section 365 20 Immediately drive the vehicle 5 miles 8 km Using the Air Compressor without to distribute the sealant evenly in the tire Sealant Stop at a safe location and check the tire pressure refer to Steps 1 through 8 under To use the air compressor by itself to inflate a tire Using the Air Compressor without Sealant do the following next in this section If the tire pressure 1 Remove the air compressor accessory plug has fallen more then 10 psi 68 kPa below from the air compressor the recommended inflation pressure stop driving the vehicle The tire is too damaged for the sealant to work See Roads
145. chnically qualified and have the necessary equipment you should have your Saturn retailer do these jobs When you go to your Saturn retailer for your service needs you will know that Saturn trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine Saturn parts 391 If you want to purchase service information see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 423 Owner Checks and Services on page 397 tells you what should be checked when to check it and what you can easily do to help keep your vehicle in good condition The proper replacement parts fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 401 and Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 402 When your vehicle is serviced make sure these are used All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done before you or anyone else drives the vehicle We recommend the use of genuine Saturn parts 392 Scheduled Maintenance When the Change Engine Oil light comes on it means that service is required for your vehicle Have your vehicle serviced as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the engine oil life system may not indicate that vehicle service is necessary for over a year However your engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your Saturn retailer has
146. ck Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap j A fluid loss in any vehicle system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired and the fluid level checked Add fluid if needed k Or every 12 months whichever occurs first If you drive regularly under dusty conditions the filter may require replacement more often I f you drive regularly under dusty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change m Visually inspect belt for fraying excessive cracks or obvious damage Replace belt if necessary Owner Checks and Services These owner checks and services should be performed at the intervals specified to help ensure the safety dependability and emission control performance of your vehicle Your Saturn retailer can assist you with these checks and services Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your vehicle make sure they are the proper ones as shown in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 401 397 At Each Fuel Fill It is important to perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill Engine Oil Level Check Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary See Engine Oil on page 297 for further details Notice It is important to check the engine oil regularly and keep it at the proper level Failure to keep the engine oil at the proper level can cause damage to the engine not covered by
147. ck the transaxle lubrication procedure in Step 4 is required every seven hours after the initial procedure has been completed regardless of the vehicle being towed or parked Once the procedure is performed the transaxle is adequately lubricated and can be recreational vehicle towed for seven hours prior to repeating the lubrication procedure As an example if you initially perform the lubrication procedure and tow your vehicle for three hours then park for four hours the lubrication procedure will need to be performed again prior to dinghy towing the vehicle Notice Towing your vehicle after shifting the transaxle from anything other than DRIVE D to NEUTRAL N can cause internal damage to the transaxle Always shift the transaxle from DRIVE D to NEUTRAL N as the last shift before towing 272 5 Locate and remove the large IGN fuse from the underhood fuse block See Underhood Fuse Block on page 382 Notice If you tow your vehicle without performing each of the steps listed under Dinghy Towing you could damage the automatic transaxle Be sure to follow all steps of the dinghy towing procedure prior to and after towing your vehicle Notice Your vehicle can be dinghy towed from the front for unlimited miles at 65 mph 105 km h If you exceed 65 mph 105 km h while towing your vehicle it could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Never exceed 65 mph 105 km h while towing your
148. ck or chapter This button might not work while the DVD is playing the copyright information or the previews lt lt REV Reverse Press this button to fast reverse the DVD or CD five times the normal speed The radio displays the elapsed time while in fast reverse To stop fast reversing press this button again This button might not work while the DVD is playing the copyright information or the previews 219 bb FWD Fast Forward Press this button to fast forward the DVD or CD The radio displays the elapsed time and fast forwards five times the normal speed To stop fast forwarding press this button again This button might not work while the DVD is playing the copyright information or the previews Some DVDs begins playing after the previews have finished although there could be a delay of up to 30 seconds If the DVD does not begin playing the movie automatically press the pushbutton located under the play pause symbol tag displayed on the radio If the DVD still does not play refer to the on screen instructions if available A Eject Press this button to eject a DVD or CD If a DVD or CD is ejected but not removed the player automatically pulls it back in after 15 seconds If the DVD does not begin playing the movie automatically press the pushbutton located under the play symbol tag displayed on the radio If the DVD still does not play refer to the on screen instructions if available 220 DVD Displ
149. cle related deaths involve alcohol In most cases these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking and driving In recent years more than 16 000 annual motor vehicle related deaths have been associated with the use of alcohol with more than 300 000 people injured 234 Many adults by some estimates nearly half the adult population choose never to drink alcohol so they never drive after drinking For persons under 21 it is against the law in every U S state to drink alcohol There are good medical psychological and developmental reasons for these laws The obvious way to eliminate the leading highway safety problem is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive But what if people do How much is too much if someone plans to drive It is a lot less than many might think Although it depends on each person and situation here is some general information on the problem The Blood Alcohol Concentration BAC of someone who is drinking depends upon four things e The amount of alcohol consumed e The drinkers body weight e The amount of food that is consumed before and during drinking The length of time it has taken the drinker to consume the alcohol According to the American Medical Association a 180 Ib 82 kg person who drinks three 12 ounce 355 ml bottles of beer in an hour will end up with a BAC of about 0 06 percent The person would reach the same BAC by drinking three 4 ounce 120 ml
150. come on 2 Get to the speed you want 3 Press the SET button and release it 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal When the brakes are applied the cruise control shuts off 149 Resuming a Set Speed Suppose you set your cruise control at a desired speed and then you apply the brakes This will disengage the cruise control The indicator light on the cruise control button will go out when the cruise is no longer engaged To return to the previously set speed press the RES button briefly when the vehicle has reached a speed of about 25 mph 40 km h or more This will take you back up to your previously selected speed and stay there Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to go to a higher speed e Disengage the cruise control but do not turn it off e f the cruise control system is already engaged press the RES button Hold it there until you get up to the speed you want and then release the button To increase your speed in very small amounts press the RES button briefly and then release it Each time you do this the vehicle will go about 1 mph 1 6 km h faster 150 Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control If the cruise control system is already engaged e Push and hold the SET button until you reach the lower speed you want then release it e To slow down in very small amounts push the SET button briefly Each time you do this you will go about 1 mph 1 6 km
151. construction type and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail B TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines C DOT Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards D Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following the DOT code are the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture E Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread F Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 352 G Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load For information on recommended tire pressure see Inflation Tire Pressure on page
152. control of the vehicle Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions and by not overdriving those conditions But skids are always possible The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle s three control systems In the braking skid your wheels are not rolling In the steering or cornering skid too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force And in the acceleration skid too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin 246 A cornering skid is best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal Remember Any traction control system helps avoid only the acceleration skid If your traction control system is off then an acceleration skid is also best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal If your vehicle starts to slide ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the vehicle to go If you start steering quickly enough your vehicle may straighten out Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs Of course traction is reduced when water snow ice gravel or other material is on the road For safety you will want to slow down and adjust your driving to these conditions It is important to slow down on slippery surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and vehicle control more limited While driving on a surface with reduced traction try your best to avoid sudden s
153. cool down It also helps the system to operate more efficiently Adjust fan speed and temperature setting as required to achieve comfort The air conditioning system removes moisture from the air so you may sometimes notice a small amount of water dripping underneath the vehicle while idling or after turning off the engine This is normal 158 Defogging and Defrosting Fog on the inside of windows is a result of high humidity moisture condensing on the cool window glass This can be minimized if the climate control system is used properly There are two modes to clear fog or frost from your windshield and side windows Use the defog mode to clear the windows of fog or moisture and warm the passengers Use the defrost mode to remove fog or frost from the windshield more quickly For best results clear all snow and ice from the windshield before defrosting Turn the right knob to select the defog or defrost mode 5 Defog This mode directs air to the windshield side window outlets and floor outlets When this mode is selected the system will turn the recirculation mode off and run the air conditioning compressor unless the outside air is at or below freezing The recirculation mode cannot be selected while in defog mode This helps prevent window fogging and moisture building up within the cabin To defog the windows faster turn the temperature knob clockwise to the warmest setting Using the defog mode may force the
154. crash According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating positions In a crash children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up or can be thrown out of the vehicle Older children need to use safety belts properly A CAUTION Never do this Here two children are wearing the same belt The belt cannot properly spread the impact forces In a crash the two children can be crushed together and seriously injured A belt must be used by only one person at a time 45 Q ed 46 What if a child is wearing a lap shoulder belt but the child is so small that the shoulder belt is very close to the child s face or neck If the child is sitting in a seat next to a window move the child toward the center of the vehicle Also see Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides on page 40 If the child is sitting in the center rear seat passenger position move the child toward the safety belt buckle In either case be sure that the shoulder belt still is on the child s shoulder so that in a crash the child s upper body would have the restraint that belts provide A CAUTION Never do this Here a child is sitting in a seat that has a lap shoulder belt but the shoulder part is behind the child If the child wears the belt in this way in a crash the child might slide under the belt The belt s force would then be
155. crashes than those who are wearing safety belts Rear passengers who are not safety belted can be thrown out of the vehicle in a crash And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts Lap Shoulder Belt All rear seat positions have lap shoulder belts Here is how to wear one properly i Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly 37 2 38 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks For the center rear position if the belt stops before it reaches the buckle tilt the latch plate and keep pulling until you can buckle it For the outboard rear positions when the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way it will lock If it does let it go back all the way and start again Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 43 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 3 To make the lap part tight pull up on the shoulder part The safety belt locks if there is a sudden stop or a crash A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder A arte EE d SS
156. ction system will automatically turn the lamp off after 20 minutes This will avoid draining the battery Accessory Power Outlet s The accessory power outlets can be used to connect electrical equipment such as a cellular phone or CB radio The accessory power outlets are located on the instrument panel near the climate controls on the rear of the center console and also inside the console under the cupholders To use the outlets remove the cover When not in use always cover the outlet with the protective cap Notice Leaving electrical equipment on for extended periods will drain the battery Always turn off electrical equipment when not in use and do not plug in equipment that exceeds the maximum 20 ampere rating Certain electrical accessories may not be compatible with the accessory power outlet and could result in blown vehicle or adapter fuses If you experience a problem see your retailer for additional information on the accessory power outlet Notice Adding any electrical equipment to your vehicle may damage it or keep other components from working as they should The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Check with your retailer before adding electrical equipment When adding electrical equipment be sure to follow the installation instructions included with the equipment Notice Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by your warranty Do not hang any type of accessory or
157. d Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant may require changing sooner at the first maintenance service after each 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in your vehicle What to Use Use a mixture of one half clean drinkable water and one half DEX COOL coolant which will not damage aluminum parts If you use this coolant mixture you do not need to add anything else A CAUTION Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Your vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant Notice If you use an improper coolant mixture your engine could overheat and be badly damaged The repair cost would not be covered by your warranty Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts If you have to add coolant more than four times a year have your retailer check your coo
158. d carpet contaminants Spray on wipe off Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number VIN SAMPLE4UX1M07267 This is the legal identifier for your vehicle It appears on a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel on the driver side You can see it if you look through the windshield from outside your vehicle The VIN also appears on the Certification Tire and Service Parts labels and the certificates of title and registration Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code This code helps you identify your vehicle s engine specifications and replacement parts Service Parts Identification Label This label is on the rear edge of the driver side rear door It is very helpful if you ever need to order parts The label has the following information e Vehicle Identification Number VIN e Model designation e Paint information e Production options and special equipment Do not remove this label from the vehicle 379 Electrical System Add On Electrical Equipment Notice Do not add anything electrical to your vehicle unless you check with your retailer first Some electrical equipment can damage your vehicle and the damage would not be covered by your warranty Some add on electrical equipment can keep other components from working as they should Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to add anything electrical to your vehicle see Servic
159. d safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired See Care of Safety Belts on page 373 for more information Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a crash They can rip apart under impact forces If a belt is torn or frayed get a new one right away 94 Also look for any opened or broken airbag covers and have them repaired or replaced The airbag system does not need regular maintenance Notice If you damage the covering for the driver s or the right front passenger s airbag or the side impact airbag covering if equipped on the ceiling near the side windows the airbag may not work properly You may have to replace the airbag module in the steering wheel both the airbag module and the instrument panel for the right front passenger s airbag or side impact airbag module and ceiling covering for roof mounted side impact airbags if equipped Do not open or break the airbag coverings Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash A CAUTION A crash can damage the restraint systems in your vehicle A damaged restraint system may not properly protect the person using it resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash To help make sure your restraint systems are working properly after a crash have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible If you have had a crash do you need new belts or LATCH s
160. d the following for more information on the DVD player DVD AUX Auxiliary While a DVD is playing press this button to switch between front auxiliary and RSE To listen to a DVD through the headphones press this button While a CD is playing press this button to switch between playing a CD or the front auxiliary if not in RSE mode If the system is in RSE mode press the power button on the remote control first to listen to the CD through the headphones while the front passengers listen to the front auxiliary cb Power Press this knob to turn the radio DVD player on Turn this knob clockwise to or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume A single press turns the radio off a quick double press turns off the entire radio and rear seat entertainment system J Tune Turn this knob to change tracks on a CD or DVD to manually tune a radio station or to change clock or date settings while in the clock or date setting mode See Setting the Time Without Date Display on page 186 or Setting the Time With Date Display on page 186 for more information K SEEK Previous Track Chapter Press this button to return to the start of the current track or chapter Press this button again to go to the previous track or chapter This button might not work while the DVD is playing the copyright information or the previews gt SEEK Next Track Chapter Press this button to advance to the beginning of the next tra
161. dle CDs carefully Store them in their original cases or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight and dust The CD player scans the bottom surface of the disc If the surface of a CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD does not play properly or not at all If the surface of a CD is soiled take a soft lint free cloth or dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral detergent solution mixed with water and clean it Make sure the wiping process starts from the center to the edge Do not touch the bottom side of a CD while handling it this could damage the surface Pick up CDs by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge Care of the CD and DVD Player The use of CD lens cleaners for CDs is not advised due to the risk of contaminating the lens of the CD optics with lubricants internal to the CD mechanism Fixed Mast Antenna The fixed mast antenna can withstand most car washes without being damaged If the mast should ever become slightly bent straighten it out by hand If the mast is badly bent replace it Check occasionally to make sure the mast is still tightened to the antenna base If tightening is required tighten by hand XM Satellite Radio Antenna System The XM Satellite Radio antenna is located on the roof of your vehicle Keep this antenna clear of snow and ice build up for clear radio reception A vehicle with a sunroof might not get the best pe
162. dow to open fully without having to continuously press the switch Press the switch to the second position and the driver s window will go all the way down To stop the window from lowering lift the switch all the way up and release it Window Lockout The driver s window switches also include a lockout switch Press the left side of the switch to prevent rear passengers from using their window switches The driver can still control all the windows with the lockout on Press the right side of the window lockout switch to return to normal window operation Sun Visors To block out glare swing the visors down or to the side The driver s sun visor can be detached from the center mount and slid along the rod to block different areas of the front window Visor Vanity Mirrors Your vehicle has covered visor vanity mirrors Theft Deterrent Systems Vehicle theft is big business especially in some cities Although your vehicle has a number of theft deterrent features we know that nothing we put on it can make it impossible to steal Content Theft Deterrent The remote keyless entry transmitter is used to arm disarm the theft deterrent system Your vehicle s theft deterrent system can be programmed to three different modes Active Arming The system will arm when the lock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter is pressed The system will disarm when the unlock button is pressed Passive Arming The system will arm itself
163. driving Automatic Transaxle Fluid It is not necessary to check the transaxle fluid level A transaxle fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss If a leak occurs take the vehicle to your retailer s service department and have it repaired as soon as possible Change the fluid and filter at the intervals listed in Additional Required Services on page 395 and be sure to use the transaxle fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 401 Notice Use of the incorrect automatic transaxle fluid may damage your vehicle and the damages may not be covered by your warranty Always use the automatic transaxle fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 401 305 Engine Coolant The cooling system in your vehicle is filled with DEX COOL engine coolant This coolant is designed to remain in your vehicle for five years or 150 000 miles 240 000 km whichever occurs first if you add only DEX COOL extended life coolant The following explains your cooling system and how to add coolant when it is low If you have a problem with engine overheating see Engine Overheating on page 309 306 A 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant will e Give freezing protection down to 34 F 37 C e Give boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C e Protect against rust and corrosion e Help keep the proper engine temperature e Let the warning lights and gages work as they shoul
164. ds to be calibrated See the information following on calibration To adjust between Fahrenheit and Celsius do the following 1 Press and hold the on off button until either a flashing F or C appears 2 Press the button again to change the display to the desired unit of measurement After approximately four seconds of inactivity the new unit will be locked in and the display will return 128 Compass Calibration The compass may need calibration from time to time In order to calibrate CAL must be displayed in the mirror compass windows If CAL is not displayed push in the on off button for approximately nine seconds or until CAL is displayed The compass can be calibrated by driving the vehicle in circles at 5 mph 8 km h or less until the display reads a direction or the word CAL disappears Compass Variance The mirror is set in zone eight upon leaving the factory It will be necessary to adjust the compass to compensate for compass variance if you live outside of zone eight Under certain circumstances as during a long distance cross country trip it will be necessary to adjust for compass variance Compass variance is the difference between earth s magnetic north and true geographic north If not adjusted to account for compass variance your compass could give false readings To adjust for compass variance do the following 3 Keep pressing the on off button until the 1 Find your current location
165. dshield and Wiper Blades 375 Inflation Tire Pressure ccecce 345 Aluminum Wheels iseen 376 Tire Inspection and Rotation ee 348 TINGS ao Flees 376 When It Is Time for New Tires ecc 349 Sheet Metal Damage ecce 377 Buying New Tires cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 350 Finish Damage ccceccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 377 Different Size Tires and Wheels 351 Underbody Maintenance n 377 Uniform Tire Quality Grading 2 352 Chemical Paint Spotting eeeee 377 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 353 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 378 Wheel Replacement Wu 353 Vehicle Identification 379 Tire Chains enenda aaia r dernede barren 356 Vehicle Identification Number VIN 379 Ifa Tire Goes Flat aan ion rre 357 Service Parts Identification Label 379 Tire Inflator KIU seirinin 358 Electrical System 2 380 Appearance Care STEELELELELELELE 370 Add On Electrical Equipment 380 Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle 370 Windshield Wiper Fuses c csssseees 380 Fabric Carpet EF FEE EDEL DELE LEE E LEDER 372 Power Windows and Other Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Power Options ssis inaina 380 PISSUC Surfaces aaben AAR 373 Fuses and Circuit Breakers oo 380 Care of Safety BONS scacscecsyspechtesaaescktvitnacdess 373 Instrument Panel Fuse Block 381 We
166. e If this happens you and other vehicle occupants could drown Do not ignore police warning signs and otherwise be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water Some Other Rainy Weather Tips e Besides slowing down allow some extra following distance And be especially careful when you pass another vehicle Allow yourself more clear room ahead and be prepared to have your view restricted by road spray e Have good tires with proper tread depth See Tires on page 339 City Driving R v Be ee hall z m TE i Hd H mi 3 i SI STD T Z T E z DANAN Ze Fr A 2a i ARSA SEN gt CL Hea Fox yaw 2 AAS Z y INK A SS VAG T One of the biggest problems with city streets is the amount of traffic on them You will want to watch out for what the other drivers are doing and pay attention to traffic signals SAL Here are ways to increase your safety in city driving e Know the best way to get to where you are going Get a city map and plan your trip into an unknown part of the city just as you would for a cross country trip Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most large cities You will save time and energy See Freeway Driving on page 252 Treat a green light as a wa
167. e terminal if the vehicle has one Negative will go to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not connect positive to negative or you will get a short that would damage the battery and maybe other parts too Connect the red positive cable to the remote positive terminal of your hybrid vehicle 10 Do not let the other end touch metal Connect it to the positive terminal of the good battery Use a remote positive terminal if the other vehicle has one Now connect the black negative cable to the negative terminal of the good battery Use a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch anything until the next step The other end of the negative cable does not go to the dead battery It goes to your vehicle s remote negative terminal The electrical connection is just as good there and the chance of sparks getting back to the battery is much less Try to start the hybrid vehicle Notice If the jumper cables are connected or To disconnect the jumper cables from both removed in the wrong order electrical shorting vehicles do the following may occur and damage the vehicle The repairs 1 Disconnect the black negative cable from would not be covered by your warranty Always the vehicle that had the dead battery connect and remove the jumper cables in
168. e Stop after high speed driving e Idle for long periods in traffic e Tow a trailer If you get the overheat warning with no sign of steam try this for a minute or so 1 If you have an air conditioner and it is on turn it off 2 Turn on your heater to full hot at the highest fan speed and open the windows as necessary 3 Try to minimize engine load If you are in a traffic jam shift to NEUTRAL N otherwise shift to the highest gear possible while driving 310 If you no longer have the overheat warning you can drive Just to be safe drive slower for about ten minutes If the warning does not come back on you can drive normally If the warning continues and you have not stopped pull over stop and park your vehicle right away If there is still no sign of steam you can idle the engine for three minutes while you are parked If you still have the warning turn off the engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it cools down You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service help right away Cooling System When you decide it is safe to lift the hood here is A CAUTION An electric engine cooling fan under the what you will see hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is boiling do not do anything else until it cools d
169. e child restraint that are made for use with the LATCH system Make sure that a LATCH compatible child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual When installing a child restraint with a top tether you must also use either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint A child restraint must never be installed using only the top tether and anchor In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments The child restraint manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child restraint and its attachments 58 The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in your vehicle Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have lower anchors and attachments or top tether anchors and attachments Lower Anchors Lower anchors A are metal bars built into the vehicle There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a child restraint with lower attachments B Top Tether Anchor A top tether A C anchors the top of the child restraint to the vehicle A top tether anchor is built into the vehicle The top tether attachment B on the child restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the
170. e replaced See Battery Replacement later in this section for more information Switch the headphones to OFF when not in use The infrared transmitters are located in the display below the video screen The headphones shut off automatically to save the battery power if the DVD system is shut off or if the headphones are out of range of the transmitters for more than three minutes If you move too far forward or step out of the vehicle the headphones lose the audio signal To adjust the volume on the headphones use the volume control located on the right side Notice Do not store the headphones in heat or direct sunlight This could damage the headphones and repairs will not be covered by your warranty Keep the headphones stored in a cool dry place Battery Replacement To change the batteries do the following 1 Slide open the battery door located on the left side of the headphones 2 Replace the two AAA batteries in the compartment Make sure that they are installed correctly using the diagram on the inside of the battery compartment 3 Slide the battery door shut If the headphones are to be stored for a long period of time remove the batteries and keep them in a cool dry place 215 Stereo RCA Jacks The RCA jacks are located behind the video screen on the overhead console The RCA jacks allow audio or video signals to be connected from an auxiliary device such as a camcorder or a video game
171. e the sun cannot reach such as around clumps of trees behind buildings or under bridges Sometimes the surface of a curve or an overpass may remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear If you see a patch of ice ahead of you brake before you are on it Try not to brake while you are actually on the ice and avoid sudden steering maneuvers e Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that you have been stopped by the snow e Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you If you do not have blankets or extra clothing make body insulators from newspapers burlap bags rags floor mats anything you can wrap around yourself or tuck under your clothing to keep warm 259 A CAUTION Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle This can cause deadly CO carbon monoxide gas to get inside CO could overcome you and kill you You cannot see it or smell it so you might not know it is in your vehicle Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking the exhaust pipe And check around again from time to time to be sure snow does not collect there Open a window just a little on the side of the vehicle that is away from the wind This will help keep CO out You can run the engine to keep warm but be careful Run your engine only as long as you must This saves fuel When you run the engine make it go a little faster than just idle That is push the accelerato
172. e the warning A CAUTION These mean there is something that could hurt you or other people In the caution area we tell you what the hazard is Then we tell you what to do to help avoid or reduce the hazard Please read these cautions If you do not you or others could be hurt You will also find a circle with a slash through it in this book This safety symbol means Do Not Do Not do this or Do Not let this happen Vehicle Damage Warnings Also in this manual you will find these notices Notice These mean there is something that could damage your vehicle A notice tells about something that can damage the vehicle Many times this damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty and it could be costly But the notice will tell what to do to help avoid the damage When you read other manuals you might see CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or in different words There are also warning labels on the vehicle They use the same words CAUTION or NOTICE Vehicle Symbols The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific component control message gage or indicator If you need help figuring out a specific name of a component gage or indicator reference the following topics e Seats and Restraint Systems in Section 1 e Features and Controls in
173. e tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture High Speed Operation A CAUTION Driving at high speeds 100 mph 160 km h or higher puts an additional strain on tires Sustained high speed driving causes excessive heat build up and can cause sudden tire failure You could have a crash and you or others could be killed Some high speed rated tires require inflation pressure adjustment for high speed operation When speed limits and road conditions are such that a vehicle can be driven at high speeds make sure the tires are rated for high speed operation in excellent condition and set to the correct cold tire inflation pressure for the vehicle load If you will be driving your vehicle at speeds of 100 mph 160 km h or higher where it is legal set the cold inflation pressure to the maximum inflation pressure shown on the tire sidewall or 35 psi 244 kPa whichever is lower See the example following When you end this high speed driving return the tires to the cold inflation pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 264 Example You will find the maximum load and inflation pressure molded on the tire s sidewall in small letters near the rim flange It will read something like this Maximum load 690 kg 1521 Ibs 300 kPa 44 psi Max Press For this example
174. e using them If the wiper blades are frozen to the windshield gently loosen or thaw them If the blades do become damaged install new blades or blade inserts See Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement on page 338 Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor A circuit breaker will stop the motor until it cools down Clear away snow or ice to prevent an overload United States Canada The lever on the right side of the steering column operates the windshield wipers Push up or pull down on the lever to place it in one of the following positions MIST or SY Mist Pull the lever down and release it for a single wiping cycle The lever will return to its original position For more cycles hold the lever down before releasing it OFF or Off Move the lever to this position to turn off the wipers INT or Intermittent Move the lever to this position to set a delay between wipes To set for a shorter or longer delay between wipes turn the band with the arrow pointing to the numbers 1 2 or 3 Select 3 for the most frequent movement select 1 for the least frequent LO or Low Move the lever to this position for slow steady wiping cycles HI or High Move the lever to this position for rapid wiping cycles Windshield Washer A CAUTION In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking yo
175. eadiness Light on page 165 for more information 78 Where Are the Airbags The driver s frontal airbag is in the middle of the steering wheel The right front passenger s frontal airbag is in the instrument panel on the passenger s side If your vehicle has a roof mounted side impact airbag for the driver and the person seated directly behind the driver it is in the ceiling above the side windows 79 If your vehicle has a roof mounted side impact airbag for the right front passenger and the person seated directly behind that passenger it is in the ceiling above the side windows 80 A CAUTION If something is between an occupant and an airbag the bag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering And if your vehicle has roof mounted side impact airbags never secure anything to the roof of your vehicle by routing the rope or tie down through any door or window opening If you do the path of an inflating side impact airbag will be blocked The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear When Should an Airbag Inflate The driver s and right front passenger s frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe front
176. ease the parking brake 2 Let up on the brake pedal 3 Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks 4 Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks Maintenance When Trailer Towing Your vehicle will need service more often when you re pulling a trailer See Scheduled Maintenance on page 392 for more information Things that are especially important in trailer operation are automatic transaxle fluid don t overfill engine oil drive belt cooling system and brake system Each of these is covered in this manual and the Index will help you find them quickly If you re trailering it s a good idea to review this information before you start your trip Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight 283 Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing Your cooling system may temporarily overheat during severe operating conditions See Engine Overheating on page 309 Changing a Tire When Trailer Towing If you get a flat tire while towing a trailer be sure to secure the trailer and disconnect it from the vehicle before changing the tire Trailer Wiring Additional wire length has been provided for connecting trailer wiring to your vehicle A loop of five wires is located in the storage compartment on the driver s side of the cargo area The wires are fused in both the underhood and instrument fuse block See Instrument Panel Fuse Block on page 381 and Underhood Fuse Block on page 382 284
177. eceeeeeeee 340 Tire Terminology and Definitions 342 Uniform Tire Quality Grading 008 352 Tires cont Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 353 Wheel Replacement cc eeeeeeeeeeeees 353 When It Is Time for New Tires 5 349 Towing Recreational Vehicle eeesseeeeeeeeeees 270 Towing a Trailer cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeee 274 Your Vehicle secsisecesivedeeesstivayeee soneveetvinieeectes 270 Traction Control System TCS a e 240 Control System Warning Light 171 LOW Light soeisictveec venecteatenee sees eee 171 Transaxle Fluid Automatic ccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 305 Transaxle Operation Automatic 0 118 Trip OdOMeC tel viciecsicccessenndinnedeevincd eerie 163 Turn and Lane Change Signals 005 145 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever 08 145 U Understanding Radio Reception 228 Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0668 352 Vehicle Control annenin 237 Damage Warnings seeeeseteeeeeeeneeeeeeee 5 DESIGN rer n NE 232 LO AGUNG eraai Eain ERER 264 SYMDOINS etsan rodona aiina EEE 5 Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders eresien 417 Vehicle Identification Number VIN oeenn 379 Service Parts Identification Label 379 NISOPS satis A deat expanceectedveeycinetcteesapatigiens 108 W Warning Lights Gages and Indica
178. ed States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA which grades tires by treadwear traction and temperature performance This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires The Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG system does not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches 25 to 30 cm or to some limited production tires While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria TPC standards 352 Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 5 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement a
179. edge of the soil and gently rub toward the center Continue cleaning using a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled 372 4 Continue to gently rub the soiled area until the cleaning cloth remains clean 5 If the soil is not completely removed use a mild soap solution and repeat the cleaning process that was used with plain water If any of the soil remains a commercial fabric cleaner or spot lifter may be necessary When a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter is to be used test a small hidden area for colorfastness first If the locally cleaned area gives any impression that a ring formation may result clean the entire surface After the cleaning process has been completed a paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture from the fabric or carpet Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a clean soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used to gently remove dust and dirt Never use spot lifters or removers on plastic surfaces Many commercial cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect soft plastic surfaces may permanently change the appearance and feel of your interior and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing t
180. egory perform the following 1 Press the BAND button until the XM frequency displays Press the CAT button to display the category labels on the radio display Continue pressing the CAT button until the desired category name displays 2 Press either of the two buttons below the desired category label to immediately tune to the first XM station associated with that category 3 Turn the tune knob press the buttons below the right or left arrows displayed or press the right or left SEEK buttons to go to the next or previous XM station within the selected category 4 To exit the category search mode press the FAV button or BAND button to display your favorites again 199 Undesired XM categories can be removed through the setup menu To remove an undesired category perform the following 1 Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 2 Press the pushbutton located below the XM CAT label 3 Turn the tune knob to display the category you want removed 4 Press the pushbutton located under the Remove label until the category name along with the word Removed displays 5 Repeat the steps to remove more categories Removed categories can be restored by pressing the pushbutton under the Add label when a removed category is displayed or by pressing the pushbutton under the Restore All label Categories cannot be removed or added while the vehicle is moving faster than 5 mph 8 km h Radio
181. ehicle whenever you leave it A CAUTION Unlocked doors can be dangerous e Passengers especially children can easily open the doors and fall out of a moving vehicle When a door is locked the handle will not open it You increase the chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash if Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop your vehicle Locking your doors can help prevent this from happening the doors are not locked So wear safety belts properly and lock the There are several ways to lock and unlock doors whenever you drive your vehicle CAUTION Continued From the outside turn the key in the driver s door lock counterclockwise to lock the door and clockwise to unlock it or use the remote keyless entry transmitter From the inside move the manual lock control on the door or use the power door lock switch 103 Power Door Locks The power door lock switches are located on the driver s and front passenger s doors Press the bottom of the switch to lock all doors Press the top of the switch to unlock all doors Delayed Locking This feature will delay the actual locking of the doors and arming of the theft deterrent system for five seconds when the power door lock switch or remote keyless entry transmitter is used to lock the vehicle 104 If any door is open when locking the vehicle three chimes will sound signaling that the delayed lock
182. elected the system will turn recirculation mode off and run the air conditioning compressor unless the outside air is at or below freezing Entering this mode may force the engine into the start stop mode See Air Conditioning and Engine Start Stop later in this section Recirculation mode cannot be selected while in floor mode This helps prevent window fogging and moisture building up within the cabin The right knob can also be used to select defog or defrost mode See Defogging and Defrosting later in this section Fan Turn the left knob clockwise to increase the fan speed or counterclockwise to decrease the fan speed To turn the fan off turn the left knob all the way counterclockwise In any setting other than off the fan will run continuously with the ignition on The fan must be turned on to run the air conditioning compressor There will be some airflow noticeable from the various outlets when driving even with the fan in the off position This is to ensure some fresh air is always available in the vehicle Turning the fan from off to on may force the engine into the start stop mode See Air Conditioning and Engine Start Stop later in this section Temperature Control Turn the center knob clockwise to increase or counterclockwise to decrease the temperature inside your vehicle lt amp Recirculate Press this button to toggle between recirculate and outside air modes The indicator light turn
183. ell Mobility service plan in Canada depending on eligibility To find out more refer to the OnStar Owners Guide in the vehicle s glove box visit www onstar com or www onstar ca or speak with an OnStar advisor by pressing the OnStar button or calling 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 OnStar Virtual Advisor OnStar Virtual Advisor is a feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling that uses your minutes to access location based weather local traffic reports and stock quotes By pressing the phone button and giving a few simple voice commands you can browse through the various topics See the OnStar Owners Guide for more information Only available in the continental U S OnStar Steering Wheel Controls Your vehicle may have a Talk Mute button that can be used to interact with OnStar Hands Free Calling See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 227 for more information On some vehicles you may have to hold the button for a few seconds and give the command ONSTAR in order to activate the OnStar Hands Free Calling feature On some vehicles the mute button can be used to dial numbers into voicemail systems or to dial phone extensions See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information How OnStar Service Works In order to provide you with OnStar services your vehicle s OnStar system has the capability of recording and transmitting vehicle information This information is automatically sent to
184. elt pretensioners can help tighten the safety belts in a side crash or a rollover event Pretensioners work only once If they activate in a crash you will need to get new ones and probably other new parts for your safety belt system See Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash on page 95 Safety Belt Extender If the vehicle s safety belt will fasten around you you should use it But if a safety belt is not long enough your retailer will order you an extender When you go in to order it take the heaviest coat you will wear so the extender will be long enough for you To help avoid personal injury do not let someone else use it and use it only for the seat it is made to fit The extender has been designed for adults Never use it for securing child seats To wear it just attach it to the regular safety belt For more information see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender 43 Child Restraints Older Children Older children who have outgrown booster seats should wear the vehicle s safety belts 44 Q What is the proper way to wear safety belts A An older child should wear a lap shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips just touching the top of the thighs It should never be worn over the abdomen which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a
185. enabled may inflate or not Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat We recommend that child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant riding in a rear facing infant seat a child riding in a forward facing child seat and an older child riding in a booster seat If your vehicle has a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint there is CAUTION Continued a label on your sun visor that says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat because the back of the rear facing child restraint would
186. er ere aa 390 Your Vehicle and the Environment 390 Malfunction Indicator Light cee 173 Manual Lumbar Controls oseere 11 Manual Reclining Seatbacks eeeeeeee 12 Manual Seats W W u sssseeererereree renerne ener kn rn ene 9 Map Lamps Mirrors Automatic Dimming Rearview with OnStar Compass and Temperature DISP eaea ED ESRB EGER ES NE S Outside Convex Mirror ecese Outside Power Mirrors eeeeeeees MPS oirionn iie aa aiaia MyGMLink comM G G G sssseeeeererererrr rer rn reen N New Vehicle Break In 1 W ssseerererenrrrsrnrrrnee Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts O Odometer 0 cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaes Odometer Trip ccccceecceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees Off Road Recovery sssssseessesserrrrrereeesns Oil Change Engine Oil Light aeee ENGING E E E T Pressure Light aarlig Oil Engine Oil Life System eee Older Children Restraints cccccccceeeeees Online Owner Center 1 411 OnStar System see OnStar Manual 131 Outlet s Accessory Power W W W ssserererreee 154 Outside CONVEX MINOR no ge 130 Power Mirrors 5 rasnamen 130 Owner Checks and Services aen 397 Owners Canadian ccccccccceceeeecneeeeeeeaeeeees 3 pD Paint DAMAGE sasore ennaa i a 377 Park P Shifting MO cierwueorctamesnesetatanezsntnnaseaesatneds 122 Shifting Out Of sedisse ienn 123 Parking Brake
187. er lamps will not be on The instrument panel will not be lit up either When you turn the exterior lamp band to the headlamp position your regular headlamps will come on The other lamps that come on with your headlamps will also come on When you turn off the headlamps the regular lamps will go off and your low beam headlamps will come on to the reduced brightness To idle your vehicle with the DRL off move the shift lever to PARK P The DRL will stay off until you move the shift lever out of PARK P To override the DRL on manual transaxle vehicles you must set the parking brake while the ignition is off and then start your vehicle The DRL will stay off until you release the parking brake As with any vehicle you should turn on the regular headlamp system when you need it Automatic Headlamp System When it is dark enough outside the headlamps will come on automatically Your vehicle has a light sensor located on top of the instrument panel Make sure it is not covered or the headlamps will be on when you don t need them The system may also turn on the headlamps when driving through a parking garage or tunnel Interior Lamps The liftgate lamps are located on the bottom left and right corner of the liftgate They will come on when the liftgate or any door is opened The liftgate lamps can be controlled by the dome lamp switch See Dome Lamp on page 154 Instrument Panel Brightness This feature c
188. er party s insurance company is paying for the repairs you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company s collision policy repair limits as you have no contractual limits with that company In such cases you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as cost stays within reasonable limits 421 Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Saturn Corporation If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your retailer or Saturn Corporation 422 To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government If you live in Canada and you believe that your vehicle has a safety defect you should immediately no
189. er the root directory are accessed prior to any root directory folders However playlists Px are always accessed before root folders or files Empty Directory or Folder If a root directory or a folder exists somewhere in the file structure that contains only folders subfolders and no compressed files directly beneath them the player advances to the next folder in the file structure that contains compressed audio files The empty folder does not display No Folder When the CD R contains only compressed files the files are located under the root folder The next and previous folder functions do not display on a CD R that was recorded without folders or playlists When displaying the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT When the CD R contains only playlists and compressed audio files but no folders all files are located under the root folder The folder down and the folder up buttons searches playlists Px first and then go to the root folder When the radio displays the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT 207 Order of Play Tracks recorded to the CD R are played in the following order e Play begins from the first track in the first playlist and continues sequentially through all tracks in each playlist When the last track of the last playlist has played play continues from the first track of the first playlist e Play begins from the first track in the first folder and continues sequentially throu
190. es Are they in good shape Fuel Engine Oil Other Fluids Have you checked all levels Lamps Are they all working Are the lenses clean Tires They are vitally important to a safe trouble free trip Is the tread good enough for long distance driving Are the tires all inflated to the recommended pressure Weather Forecasts What is the weather outlook along your route Should you delay your trip a short time to avoid a major storm system Maps Do you have up to date maps Highway Hypnosis Is there actually such a condition as highway hypnosis Or is it just plain falling asleep at the wheel Call it highway hypnosis lack of awareness or whatever There is something about an easy stretch of road with the same scenery along with the hum of the tires on the road the drone of the engine and the rush of the wind against the vehicle that can make you sleepy Do not let it happen to you If it does your vehicle can leave the road in less than a second and you could crash and be injured What can you do about highway hypnosis First be aware that it can happen Then here are some tips e Make sure your vehicle is well ventilated with a comfortably cool interior e Keep your eyes moving Scan the road ahead and to the sides Check your rearview mirrors and your instruments frequently e f you get sleepy pull off the road into a rest service or parking area and take a nap get some exercise or both For s
191. es first and then press the shift lever button before shifting from PARK P when the ignition key is in RUN If you cannot shift out of PARK P ease pressure on the shift lever and push the shift lever all the way into PARK P while maintaining brake application Then press the shift lever button and move the shift lever into another gear See Shifting Out of Park P on page 123 REVERSE R Use this gear to back up Notice Shifting to REVERSE R while your vehicle is moving forward could damage the transaxle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped To rock your vehicle back and forth to get out of snow ice or sand without damaging your transaxle see f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 261 NEUTRAL N In this position your engine does not connect with the wheels To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only Also use NEUTRAL N when your vehicle is being towed A CAUTION Shifting into a drive gear while your engine is running at high speed is dangerous Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal your vehicle could move very rapidly You could lose control and hit people or objects Do not shift into a drive gear while your engine is running at high speed Notice Shifting out of PARK P or NEUTRAL N while the engine is running at high speed may damage the transaxle The repairs would not be
192. es restraint the seating surface against the back of the for the child s body with the harness and also infant The harness system holds the infant in sometimes with surfaces such as T shaped place and in a crash acts to keep the infant or shelf like shields positioned in the restraint 52 Q How Should I Use a Child Restraint A A child restraint system is any device designed for use in a motor vehicle to restrain seat or position children A built in child restraint system is a permanent part of the motor vehicle An add on child restraint system is a portable one which is purchased by the vehicle s owner To help reduce injuries an add on child restraint must be secured in the vehicle With built in or add on child restraints the child has to be secured within the child restraint A booster seat F G is a child restraint designed When choosing an add on child restraint be to improve the fit of the vehicle s safety belt sure the child restraint is designed to be system Some booster seats have a shoulder belt used in a vehicle If it is it will have a label positioner and some high back booster seats saying that it meets federal motor vehicle have a five point harness A booster seat can also safety standards Then follow the instructions help a child to see out the window for the restraint You may find these instructions on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both 53 Securing an Add on Child Restraint
193. est overall performance Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing will not be necessary on a regular basis However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling to one side or the other the alignment may need to be checked If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your tires and wheels may need to be rebalanced See your retailer for proper diagnosis Wheel Replacement Replace any wheel that is bent cracked or badly rusted or corroded If wheel nuts keep coming loose the wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced If the wheel leaks air replace it except some aluminum wheels which can sometimes be repaired See your retailer if any of these conditions exist Your retailer will Know the kind of wheel you need 353 Each new wheel should have the same load carrying capacity diameter width offset and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces A CAUTION Using the wrong replacement wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous It could affect the braking and handling of your vehicle make your tires lose air and make you lose control You could have a collision in which you or others could be injured Always use the correct wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for replacement If you need to replace any of your wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts replace them only with new Saturn original equipment parts This way you will be
194. ever lock your keys in your vehicle you may have to damage the vehicle to get in Be sure you have spare keys Remote Keyless Entry RKE System The remote keyless entry system operates ona radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment 99 At times you may notice a decrease in range This is normal for any remote keyless entry system If the transmitter does not work or if you have to stand closer to your vehicle for the transmitter to work try this e Check the distance You may be too far from your vehicle You may need to stand closer during rainy or snowy weather e Check the location Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal Take a few steps to the left or right hold the
195. f and cause a crash When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can You need a new tire if any of the following use a cloth or a paper towel to do this statements are true but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush e You can see the indicators at three or more later if you need to to get all the rust or places around the tire dirt off e You can see cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber e The tread or sidewall is cracked cut or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric e The tire has a bump bulge or split e The tire has a puncture cut or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage One way to tell when it is time for new tires is to check the treadwear indicators which will appear when your tires have only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm or less of tread remaining 349 Buying New Tires GM has developed and matched specific tires for your vehicle The original equipment tires installed on your vehicle when it was new were designed to meet General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification TPC spec system rating If you need replacement tires GM strongly recommends that you get tires with the same TPC Spec rating This way your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed to give the same performance and vehicle safety during normal use as the original tires
196. f production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating See Loading Your Vehicle on page 264 GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle See Loading Your Vehicle on page 264 GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle See Loading Your Vehicle on page 264 Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Light Truck LT Metric Tire A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall 343 Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg See Loading Your Vehicle on page 264 Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The side of the tire that contains a whitewall bears w
197. f the passenger remains unbuckled and the 2 vehicle is in motion If the passenger s safety belt is buckled neither the chime nor the light will come on Airbag Readiness Light There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel cluster which shows the airbag symbol The system checks the airbag s electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem The system check includes the airbag sensor the airbag modules the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module For more information on the airbag system see Airbag System on page 75 This light will come on when you start your vehicle and it will flash for a few seconds Then the light should go out This means the system is ready e N If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start the vehicle or comes on when you are driving your airbag system may not work properly Have your vehicle serviced right away A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle it means the airbag system may not be working properly The airbags in your vehicle may not inflate in a crash or they could even inflate without a crash To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle serviced right away if the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle The airbag readiness light should flash for a few seconds when you turn the ignition key to RUN If the light
198. f the vehicle and can be used for securing cargo Sunroof If your vehicle has a sunroof the controls to operate it are located on the headliner above the rearview mirror The ignition must be in RUN or ACC to operate the sunroof See gnition Positions on page 111 To express open the sunroof glass panel and sunshade press the switch rearward and release it To stop the sunroof before it is completely open press the switch rearward again The sunshade cannot be closed with the sunroof open To close the sunroof press forward on the switch until it stops The sunshade must be manually closed To put the sunroof in the vent position pull down on the front of the switch Push up on the front of the switch to close it The sunshade must be manually opened and closed when the sunroof is in the vent position 137 4 NOTES 138 Section 3 Instrument Panel Overview 142 Hazard Warning Flashers cecce 144 a 21 9 E E T 144 Tilt Wheel 0 eee cece cece eee teeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeaes 144 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever 00 145 Turn and Lane Change Signals 145 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer 146 FlaSh tO Pass eons rd 146 Windshield Wipers 0ceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeees 146 Windshield Washer ecen 147 Rear Window Wiper Washer n se 148 Cruise Control 225 irer essens isni 148 Headlamps cccceeeeeeecneeeeeeeeneeeeeeaaeeeeees 151 Daytime Running Lamps DRL
199. facturer If you ever have questions about your tire warranty and where to obtain service see your Saturn Warranty booklet for details For additional information refer to the tire manufacturer s booklet included with your vehicle A CAUTION Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous e Overloading your vehicle s tires can cause overheating as a result of too much friction You could have an air out and a serious accident See Loading Your Vehicle on page 264 CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued e Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires The resulting accident could cause serious injury Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure Tire pressure should be checked when your vehicle s tires are cold See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 345 Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut punctured or broken by a sudden impact such as when you hit a pothole Keep tires at the recommended pressure Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire s tread is badly worn or if your vehicle s tires have been damaged replace them 339 Tire Sidewall Labeling Useful information about a tire is molded into the sidewall The following illustration is an example of a typical P Metric tire sidewall 340 A Tire Size The tire size code is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire s width height aspect ratio
200. few of the valuable tools and services you will have access to My Showroom Find and save information on vehicles and current offers in your area My Dealers Retailers Save details such as address and phone number for each of your preferred GM Dealers or Retailers My Driveway Receive service reminders and helpful advice on owning and maintaining your vehicle My Preferences Manage your profile subscribe to E News and use tools and forms with greater ease To sign up to My GM Canada visit the My GM Canada section within www gmcanada com 411 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users To assist owners who have hearing difficulties Saturn has installed special TDD Telecommunication Devices for the Deaf equipment in its Saturn Customer Assistance Center Any hearing or speech impaired customer who has access to a TDD or to a conventional Text Telephone TTY can communicate with Saturn by dialing 1 800 TDD 6000 TTY users in Canada may dial 1 800 263 3830 412 Customer Assistance Offices Saturn encourages customers to call the toll free number for assistance If a customer wishes to write to Saturn the letter should be addressed to Saturn Customer Assistance Center 100 Saturn Parkway Mail Code 371 999 S24 Spring Hill TN 37174 1500 1 800 553 6000 1 800 833 6000 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 553 6000 In Canada write to Saturn Customer Com
201. front auxiliary input jack When a device is connected press the radio CD AUX button to begin playing audio from the device over the vehicle speakers 204 cb Power Volume Turn this knob clockwise to increase or counterclockwise to decrease the volume of the portable player Additional volume adjustments might be needed from the portable device if the volume is not loud or soft enough BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a portable audio device is playing The portable audio device continues playing so you might want to stop it or power it off CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD when a portable audio device is playing Press this button again and the system begins playing audio from the connected portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Input Device Found displays Radio with CD and DVD OAM 640 9 389 680 Y 730 Y 96 1Y985 X41 w hul gt bs er eer J Ca lt ki gt gt DVD BAND SEEK SEEK REV FWD AUX If your vehicle has a Rear Seat Entertainment RSE system the vehicle has a radio that accepts either CD audio or DVD video The radio with CD and DVD is very similar to the radio with CD Base or the radio with CD MP3 If you are interested in learning more about the radio and CD audio functions for this type of radio system see Radio with CD Base on page 188 or Radio with CD MP3 on page 195 earlier in this section for more informat
202. g Rear Seat ce en 19 Starting Your Engine ecese 113 Steering seinaka eni ES SENERE ERE DDS 241 Steering Wheel Controls Audio 5 227 Steering Wheel Tilt Wheel 2 144 Storage Garment HOOKS isre 135 Storage Areas Cargo Arga rare onaniaa i 135 Center Console Storage Area 135 Cupholder s W W u sseeeeeeererrene nn nn nn renee 134 Floor Console Storage Area e 135 Glove BOX KGM u sGssssseseeeeeree ener nen nn nn nn renee 134 Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow 261 SUN VISOIS ir rr neni nations 108 SUNOG evisesieiieed eedivscsvedsenseebis tech rain 137 436 Tachom eter aiea a a aA 163 Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Back Up Lampara RG 336 TCS Warning Light 1 1 W W W M ssseeeeeeerrrrerrrnnnnnen 171 Theft Deterrent Systems ceeeeeeeeeeees 109 Content Theft Deterrent eeeeee 109 Passlook incinin nasini 110 TE WABE se acacces cares se xcazeateereneresdivesaaneepenenccet 144 Time Setting 2 0 remeni EK SERRA NNE RNA NER 186 TIES Er tities a aa raaa meee 339 Aluminum Wheels Cleaning 376 Buying New Tires 4470 rians 350 CHAINS scenarii nd a 356 Cleaning sonirosa anede rt annen anaes 376 Different Size 22222 s eN 351 If a Tire Goes Flat a 357 Inflation Tire Pressure n c 345 Inspection and Rotation eee 348 Tire inflatoriske 358 Tire Sidewall Labeling cc
203. ge by driving slowly to a level place and stopping Then do this 1 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 2 Park your vehicle Set the parking brake firmly and put the shift lever in PARK P See Shifting Into Park P on page 122 for additional information 3 Turn off the engine 4 Inspect the flat tire If the tire has been separated from the wheel or has damaged sidewalls or large tears that allow rapid air loss call a tire repair facility See Roadside Assistance Program on page 413 358 If the flat tire is due to a slow leak caused by a nail or other similar road hazard the tire inflator kit may be used to repair the damaged tire temporarily The kit uses a liquid tire sealant to seal small punctures in the tread area of the tire After repairing a tire with the tire inflator kit take your vehicle to an authorized retailer to have the tire inspected and repaired as soon as possible The tire sealant is a temporary repair only See Tire Inflator Kit on page 358 Tire Inflator Kit Your vehicle has a tire inflator kit There is no jack or spare tire The kit uses a liquid tire sealant and air at the same time to seal small punctures in the tread area of the tire Be sure to read and follow all of the tire inflator kit instructions The kit includes the following oup O Air Compressor E Air Pressure Gage Tire Sealant Canister F Air Compressor Air Compressor Inflator Hose Accessory Plug G Se
204. ge displays and or the CD comes out it could be for one of the following reasons e Itis very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play e You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play e The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down e The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again e There could have been a problem while burning the CD The label could be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your retailer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your retailer when reporting the problem 203 Using the Auxiliary Input Jack The radio system has an auxiliary input jack located on the lower right side of the faceplate This is not an audio output do not plug the headphone set into the front auxiliary input jack However an external audio device such as an iPod laptop computer MP3 player CD changer or cassette tape player etc can be connected to the auxiliary input jack for use as another source for audio listening Drivers are encouraged to set up any auxiliary device while the vehicle is in PARK P See Defensive Driving on page 233 for more information on driver distraction To use a portable audio player connect a 3 5 mm 1 8 inch cable to the radio s
205. ges 17 Continue to fold the seat forward until it locks in the folded position Pull up on the seatback to be sure it is locked To raise the seatback do the following 1 Lift the recliner lever located on the outboard side of the seat up fully and push up on the seatback 2 Continue raising the seatback until the seatback re engages A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked 3 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked in place The recliner lever is also used to recline the seatback while a passenger is seated See Manual Reclining Seatbacks on page 12 Rear Seats Notice Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts Always unbuckle Split Folding Rear Seat the safety belts and return them to their normal The rear split bench seatbacks have three stowed position before folding a rear seat available positions folded forward upright or Prior to lowering the seatback ensure all three of partially reclined Each of the rear seatbacks the seatbelts are unbuckled and the front seats can be moved to any of the three positions are not reclined independent of the other seatback position A CAUTION A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move for
206. gh all tracks in each folder When the last track of the last folder has been played play continues from the first track of the first folder When play enters a new folder the display does not automatically show the new folder name unless you have chosen the folder mode as the default display The new track name displays 208 File System and Naming The song name that is displayed is the song name that is contained in the ID3 tag If the song name is not present in the ID3 tag then the radio displays the file name without the extension such as mp3 as the track name Track names longer than 32 characters or four pages are shortened The display does not show parts of words on the last page of text and the extension of the filename does not display Preprogrammed Playlists Preprogrammed playlists that were created using WinAmp MusicMatch or Real Jukebox software can be accessed however they cannot be edited using the radio These playlists are treated as special folders containing compressed audio song files Playing an MP3 Insert a CD R partway into the slot Single CD Player or press the load button and wait for the message to insert disc Six Disc CD Player label side up The player pulls it in and the CD R should begin playing If you turn off the ignition or radio with a CD R in the player it stays in the player When you turn on the ignition or radio the CD R starts to play where it stopped
207. ght does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem Traction Control System TCS Warning Light The Traction Control System TCS warning light may come on for the following reasons e Turning the system off by pressing the traction control button located on the instrument panel above the audio system The warning light will come on and stay on To turn the system back on press the button again The warning light should go off See Traction Control System TCS on page 240 for more information e If there is an engine related and brake system problem that is specifically related to traction control the TCS will turn off and the warning light will come on If the TCS warning light comes on and stays on for an extended period of time when the system is turned on your vehicle needs service Low Traction Light A ee This light will come on when the system is limiting wheel spin You may feel or hear the system working but this is normal The roads may be slippery if this light comes on Adjust your driving accordingly The light will stay on for a few seconds after the system stops limiting wheel spin This light should also come on for a few seconds when you start your vehicle If it does not have your vehicle serviced 171 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light The engine coolant temperature warning light will come on when the engine has f overhea
208. gs inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they will go as fast as the vehicle goes If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash they will keep going A CAUTION Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash e Put things in the cargo area of your vehicle Try to spread the weight evenly Never stack heavier things like suitcases inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it whenever you can Do not leave a seat folded down unless you need to 269 Towing Towing Your Vehicle Consult your retailer or a professional towing service if you need to have your disabled vehicle towed See Roadside Assistance Program on page 413 If you want to tow your vehicle behind another vehicle for recreational purposes such as behind a motorhome see Recreational Vehicle Towing following 270 Recreational Vehicle Towing Recreational vehicle towing means towing your vehicle behind another vehicle such as behind a motorhome The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are known as dinghy towing towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground and dolly towing towing your vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two wheels up on
209. h Date Display If your vehicle has a radio with a single CD player the radio has a clock button for setting the time and date To set the time and date follow these instructions 1 Turn the ignition key to ACC accessory or RUN Press the power knob located in the center of the radio to turn the radio on 2 Press the clock button and the HR MIN MM DD YYYY hour minute month day and year displays 3 Press the pushbutton located under any one of the labels that you want to change Every time the pushbutton is pressed again the time or the date if selected increases by one e Another way to increase the time or date is to press the right SEEK arrow or FWD forward button e To decrease the time or date press the left SEEK arrow or REV reverse button or turn the tune knob located on the upper right side of the radio The date does not automatically display To see the date press the clock button while the radio is on The date with display times out after a few seconds and goes back to the normal radio and time display If your vehicle has a radio with a six disc CD player the radio has a MENU button instead of the clock button to set the time and date To set the time and date follow these instructions 1 Turn the ignition key to ACC accessory or RUN Press the power knob located in the center of the radio to turn the radio on Press the MENU button Once the clock option is displ
210. h clean water After rinsing thoroughly dry with a soft clean towel A wax may then be applied Notice Using chrome polish on aluminum wheels could damage the wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use chrome polish on chrome wheels only The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted surface of the vehicle Do not use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes abrasive cleaners cleaners with acid or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because the surface could be damaged Do not use chrome polish on aluminum wheels 376 Notice If you drive your vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes you could damage the aluminum or chrome plated wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Never drive a vehicle equipped with aluminum or chrome plated wheels through an automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes Do not take the vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes These brushes can also damage the surface of these wheels Tires To clean the tires use a stiff brush with tire cleaner Notice Using petroleum based tire dressing products on your vehicle may damage the paint finish and or tires When applying a tire dressing always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on your vehicle Sheet Metal Damage If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal
211. h the ends securely fastened Drive slowly and follow the chain manufacturer s instructions If you can hear the chains contacting your vehicle stop and retighten them If the contact continues slow down until it stops Driving too fast or spinning the wheels with chains on will damage your vehicle If a Tire Goes Flat Your vehicle has a tire inflator kit There is no spare tire no tire changing equipment and no place to store a tire It is unusual for a tire to blow out while you are driving especially if you maintain your tires properly See Tires on page 339 If air goes out of a tire itis much more likely to leak out slowly But if you should ever have a blow out here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do If a front tire fails the flat tire creates a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly Steer to maintain lane position and then gently brake to a stop well out of the traffic lane 357 A rear blow out particularly on a curve acts much like a skid and may require the same correction you would use in a skid In any rear blow out remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Get the vehicle under control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go It may be very bumpy and noisy but you can still steer Gently brake to a stop well off the road if possible If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel dama
212. h your retailer XM Not Available XM Not Available If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver could have a fault Consult with your retailer 213 Rear Seat Entertainment System Your vehicle may have a DVD Rear Seat Entertainment RSE system The RSE system works with the vehicle s audio system and includes a radio that accepts CD audio or DVD video a video display screen two sets of wireless headphones and a remote control Before You Drive The RSE is designed for rear seat passengers only The driver cannot safely view the video screen while driving and should not try to do so In severe or extreme weather conditions the RSE system might not work until the temperature is within the operating range The operating range for the RSE system is above 4 F 20 C or below 140 F 60 C If the temperature of your vehicle is outside of this range heat or cool the vehicle until the temperature is within the operating range of the RSE system 214 Headphones The RSE includes two sets of wireless headphones that are only dedicated to this system These headphones are used to listen to the radio with CD and DVD or an auxiliary device connected to the RCA jacks The wireless headphones have an ON OFF switch and a volume control To use the headphones turn the switch to ON An indicator light on the headphones comes on If the light does not come on the batteries might need to b
213. hat when injected into a flat tire might temporarily repair nail holes or cuts in the tread area of the tire The tire sealant cannot repair tire damage caused while driving on a flat tire or a tire that has had a blow out or a tire that has punctures in the sidewall areas The tire sealant solution is to be used for a single tire and can only be used once Check the tire sealant expiration date on the sealant canister The sealant might not be as effective beyond the expiration date If needed see your retailer for a replacement canister 362 Using the Tire Inflator Kit To use the tire inflator kit do the following 1 Place the inflator kit on the ground and unwrap the sealant filling hose from the compressor 2 Remove the air compressor accessory plug from the unit To do this pull the top portion of the wrapped cord out first then the bottom and then unsnap the plug Do not insert the plug into an accessory outlet yet 3 Remove the valve stem cap from the flat tire by turning it counterclockwise If an object such as a nail has penetrated the tire do not remove it Attach the sealant filling hose A onto the tire valve stem Turn it clockwise until it is tight Make sure the inflator kit on off switch B is in the O off position Plug the air compressor accessory plug C into an accessory power outlet in the vehicle See Accessory Power Outlet s on page 154 for more information A CAUT
214. he airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits an object that does not deform e f the vehicle hits a narrow object like a pole the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a wide object like a wall e If the vehicle goes into an object at an angle the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle goes straight into the object 81 Frontal airbags driver and right front passenger are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers rear impacts or in many side impacts Your vehicle may or may not have roof mounted side impact airbags and a rollover sensor See Airbag System on page 75 These roof mounted rollover capable side impact airbags are intended to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes and during a rollover They may also inflate in some frontal crashes Both rollover capable side impact airbags will inflate if the crash severity is above the system s designed threshold level The threshold level can vary with specific vehicle design Side impact airbags are not intended to inflate in rear impacts 82 Both side impact airbags will deploy when either side of the vehicle is struck If your vehicle does not have a right front passenger seat and a rear seat only the driver s frontal airbag will deploy in a frontal impact In any particular crash no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated sim
215. he drag of the added weight The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads generating extra heat What s more the trailer adds considerably to wind resistance increasing the pulling requirements If You Do Decide to Pull a Trailer If you do here are some important points e There are many different laws including speed limit restrictions having to do with trailering Make sure your rig will be legal not only where you live but also where you ll be driving A good source for this information can be state or provincial police e Consider using a sway control See Hitches later in this section e Don t tow a trailer at all during the first 500 miles 805 km your new vehicle is driven Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Then during the first 500 miles 805 km that you tow a trailer don t drive over 50 mph 80 km h and don t make starts at full throttle This helps your engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads e Use INTERMEDIATE I or as you need to a lower gear which will minimize heat buildup and extend the life of your transaxle 275 e Obey speed limit restrictions when towing a trailer Don t drive faster than the maximum posted speed for trailers or no more than 55 mph 90 km h to save wear on your vehicle s parts e Don t tow a trailer when the outside te
216. he generator on the passenger s side of the engine compartment See Engine Compartment Overview on page 296 for more information on location of the positive and negative terminals A CAUTION A CAUTION Using a match near a battery can cause An electric fan can start up even when the battery gas to explode People have been engine is not running and can injure you hurt doing this and some have been Keep hands clothing and tools away from blinded Use a flashlight if you need any underhood electric fan more light Be sure the battery has enough water You do not need to add water to the Z CAUTION battery installed in your new vehicle But if a battery has filler caps be sure the Fans or other moving engine parts can right amount of fluid is there If it is low injure you badly Keep your hands away add water to take care of that first If you from moving parts once the engine is do not explosive gas could be present running Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you Do not get it on you If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin flush the place with water and get medical help immediately 325 6 Check that the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation If they do you could get a shock The vehicles could be damaged too Before you connect the cables to the other vehicle here are some basic things you should know Positive will go to positive or to a remote positiv
217. he gloss in a non uniform manner Some commercial products may increase gloss on your instrument panel The increase in gloss may cause annoying reflections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions Care of Safety Belts Keep belts clean and dry A CAUTION Do not bleach or dye safety belts If you do it may severely weaken them In a crash they might not be able to provide adequate protection Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water Weatherstrips Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth During very cold damp weather frequent application may be required See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 401 373 Washing Your Vehicle The paint finish on your vehicle provides beauty depth of color gloss retention and durability The best way to preserve your vehicle s finish is to keep it clean by washing it often with lukewarm or cold water Do not wash your vehicle in the direct rays of the sun Use a car washing soap Do not use strong soaps or chemical detergents Be sure to rinse the vehicle well removing all soap residue completely You can get approved cleaning products from your retailer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 378 Do not use cleaning agents that are petroleum based or that contain acid or abrasives A
218. he liftgate e Make sure all other windows are shut e Turn the fan on your heating or cooling system to its highest speed and select the control setting that will force outside air into your vehicle See Climate Control System on page 156 e If you have air outlets on or under the instrument panel open them all the way See Engine Exhaust on page 125 Use your remote keyless entry transmitter or power door lock switches to unlock the liftgate To open the liftgate lift the handle located in the center of the liftgate Windows A CAUTION Leaving children helpless adults or pets CBE in a vehicle with the windows closed is y j iz extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Never leave a child a helpless adult or a pet alone in a vehicle especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather dangerous They can be overcome by the A 107 Power Windows The window switches are located on each side of the shift lever on the center console To lower a window press the switch down To raise a window pull the switch up The power windows operate when the ignition is in RUN or ACC A window switch is also located on each rear door Press the bottom of the switch to lower the window Press the top of the switch to raise the window 108 Express Down Window The driver s window switch has an express down feature that is labeled AUTO This allows the driver s win
219. he switch stays in RUN when the engine is running But even when the ignition is not running you can use RUN to operate your electrical accessories and to display some warning and indicator lights The battery could be drained if you leave the key in the ACC or RUN position with the engine off You may not be able to start your vehicle if the battery is allowed to drain for an extended period of time Q START This position starts the engine When the engine starts release the key The ignition switch will return to RUN for normal driving 112 Key In the Ignition Never leave your vehicle with the keys inside as it is an easy target for joy riders or thieves If you leave the key in the ignition and park your vehicle a chime will sound when you open the driver s door Always remember to remove your key from the ignition and take it with you This will lock your ignition and transaxle Also always remember to lock the doors The battery could be drained if you leave the key in the ignition while your vehicle is parked You may not be able to start your vehicle after it has been parked for an extended period of time Starting the Engine Automatic Engine Start Stop Place the transaxle in the proper gear Move your shift lever to PARK P or NEUTRAL N Your engine will not start in any other position this is a safety feature To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only Notice Shifting int
220. hicle Do not use cellular phones Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Do not leave the fuel pump unattended when i refueling your vehicle This is against the To remove the fuel cap turn it slowly The tethered fuel cap is located behind a hinged fuel door on the passenger s side of the vehicle counterclockwise The fuel cap has a spring in it if the cap is released too soon it will spring back to the right law in some places Do not re enter vehicle while pumping fuel Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel 292 A CAUTION If you spill fuel and then something ignites it you could be badly burned Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly This spray can happen if your tank is nearly full and is more likely in hot weather Open the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop Then unscrew the cap all the way Be careful not to spill fuel Do not top off or overfill the tank and wait a few seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the nozzle Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible See Washing Your Vehicle on page 374 When replacing the fuel cap turn it clockwise until it clicks Make sure the cap is fully installed The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed This would allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on
221. hite lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles 344 Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturers recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 345 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 264 Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread remains See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 349 UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government test
222. hors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 58 if the child restraint has a top tether 72 You will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say 1 Your vehicle has a right front passenger s frontal airbag See Passenger Sensing System on page 86 We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If your child restraint is forward facing move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the child restraint in this seat See Manual Seats on page 9 When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you turn the ignition to RUN or START See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 166 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 3 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 4 Buckle the belt Make sure the release button 5 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle out of the retractor to set the lock the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 73 6 74 To tighten
223. hrough the vehicle speakers and headphones Front seat passengers can listen to the radio by pressing the BAND button to select AM FM or XM if equipped The rear seat speakers are muted for radio listening and the DVD plays through the headphones RSE Mode When RCA jacks are connected the rear speakers are muted The rear seat passengers are able to hear audio from the auxiliary device through the wireless headphones The front seat passengers are able to listen to the radio through the front speakers by pressing the BAND button to select AM FM or XM if equipped or listen to a CD that is inserted into the radio If a playback device is plugged into the radio s auxiliary input jack the device can be heard through all of the vehicle speakers In RSE mode the playback device is only heard through the front speakers Video Screen The video screen is located in the overhead console To use the video screen do the following 1 Push forward on the release button located on the DVD display console 2 Pull the screen down away from you and adjust its position as desired When the video screen is not in use push it up into its locked position If a DVD is playing and the screen is raised to its locked position the screen shuts off but the DVD continues to play through the previous audio or video source The video screen contains the transmitters for the wireless headphones and the receivers for the rem
224. ht Front Seat Position eeee 69 Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems Airbag System eenen 75 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 92 Where Are the Airbags eeeeeeeeeeeeees 78 Adding Equipment to Your When Should an Airbag Inflate 81 Airbag Equipped Vehicle ocene 93 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 0 0 0 83 Restraint System Check 94 How Does an Airbag Restrain 83 Checking the Restraint Systems 6 94 What Will You See After an Replacing Restraint System Parts Airbag InflateS cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee teens 84 After a Crash ver 95 Passenger Sensing System eee 86 Front Seats Manual Seats A CAUTION You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving Lift the bar located under the front of the seat to unlock it Slide the seat to where you want it and release the bar Try to move the seat with your body to be sure the seat is locked in place Driver Seat Height Adjuster Power Seat If your vehicle has a manual driver seat height If the vehicle has a power seat the control used to adjuster it is located on the outboard side of the operate it is located on the outboard s
225. ic during normal radio reception can occur if items such as cellphone chargers vehicle convenience accessories and external electronic devices are plugged into the accessory power outlet If there is interference or static unplug the item from the accessory power outlet AM The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM especially at night The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other For better radio reception most AM radio stations boost the power levels during the day and then reduce these levels during the night Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception When this happens try reducing the treble on your radio 228 FM Stereo FM stereo gives the best sound but FM signals will reach only about 10 to 40 miles 16 to 65 km Tall buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals causing the sound to fade in and out XM Satellite Radio Service XM Satellite Radio Service gives digital radio reception from coast to coast in the 48 contiguous United States and in Canada Just as with FM tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals causing the sound to fade in and out In addition traveling or standing under heavy foliage bridges garages or tunnels could cause loss of XM signal for a period of time The radio might display NO XM SIGNAL to indicate interference Care of Your CDs and DVDs Han
226. ide Assistance Program on page 413 for more information If the tire pressure has not dropped more than 10 psi 68 kPa from the recommended inflation pressure you can inflate the tire back up to the recommended inflation pressure 21 Dispose of the sealant canister at a local retailer or in accordance with any local state and provincial codes and practices After using the sealant canister replace it with a new canister from a retailer 22 After temporarily repairing a tire with the emergency flat tire repair kit take your vehicle to an authorized retailer to have the i i tire inspected and repaired 3 Pull the air compressor inflator hose from the sealant canister 2 Unlock the air compressor hose from the sealant canister by pulling up on the lever 366 4 Push the air compressor inflator hose onto the tire valve stem and push the lever down to f secure in place A CAUTION 5 Plug the air compressor accessory plug into an accessory power outlet in the vehicle See Accessory Power Outlet s on page 154 for more information A CAUTION Idling the engine in a closed in place or 7 Push the inflator kit switch to the I on position 8 Make sure there is a proper connection between the tire valve stem and the air Inflating something too much can make it explode and you or others could be injured Be sure to read the inflator instructions and inflate the tire to its recommended pressure Do no
227. ide of the seat near the front of the seat cushion To raise driver s seat To adjust the seat do any of the the seat move the lever upward repeatedly following until the seat is at the desired height To lower the e Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding seat move the lever downward repeatedly until the control forward or rearward the seat is at the desired height e Raise or lower the front part of the seat cushion by moving the front of the control up or down e Raise or lower the rear part of the seat cushion by moving the rear of the control up or down Manual Lumbar If your vehicle has this feature the knob is located on the front of the driver seat lower cushion on the inboard side Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the lumbar support Heated Seats Your vehicle may have heated seats The switches are 2 located below the s climate control system and forward of the shift lever 1 Press 1 to warm the seat Press 2 for a higher temperature setting To turn this feature off move the switch to the center position 11 Manual Reclining Seatbacks A CAUTION A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle i
228. if it was the last selected audio source As each new track starts to play the track number and song title displays The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CD Rs with an adapter ring Full size CD Rs and the smaller CD Rs are loaded in the same manner If playing a CD R the sound quality can be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There can be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs and DVDs on page 229 for more information If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD Notice If a label is added to a CD or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs the CD player could be damaged While using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD wi
229. ight front passenger s position if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached There is no place to attach the top tether in this position Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat See Where to Put the Restraint on page 56 for additional information Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System A CAUTION If a LATCH type child restraint is not attached to anchors the restraint will not be able to protect the child correctly In a crash the child could be seriously injured or killed Make sure that a LATCH type child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual A CAUTION Each top tether anchor and lower anchor in the vehicle is designed to hold only one child restraint Attaching more than one child restraint to a single anchor could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or even break during a crash A child or others could be injured if this happens To help prevent injury to people and damage to your vehicle attach only one child restraint per anchor 61 A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt i
230. ii En reed 121 Over Things That Burn 124 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 166 Passenger Sensing System ccceeceecee 86 PASSING seeceetateeoes A T N 244 Passlock ssssseveeeeeeeeeee renere re ents ren rr nes 110 Power Accessory Outlet S W u u u c c ssneeeeerrrrerenene 154 Door LOCKS cscs scesiausnnne sexnddgasboused tech enatan 104 Electrical System 557 380 Power cont Reduced Engine Light 2 a 178 DEAL ocean ks E EE 10 WINDOWS 53 arsen aen e a 108 Pretensioners Safety Belt cc eeeeeeeee 43 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 104 Q Questions and Answers About Safety Belts l a 25 R Radios oeren anna aa a AA 184 Care of Your CD and DVD Player 229 Care of Your CDs and DVDS 0 08 229 Radio with CD ccccceeeeeeesseeeeeees 188 195 Radio with CD and DVD sa 205 Setting the Time cccceeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 186 Understanding Reception eeee 228 Rear Door Security Locks ecce 105 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides 40 Rear Seat Entertainment System 00 214 Rear Seat Passengers Safety Belts 37 434 Rear Windshield Washer Wipet 00 Rearview Mirror Automatic Dimming with OnStar Compass and Temperature DIS Play ardannelse Reclining Seatbacks Manual 1 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Recovery Hook ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeees Recrea
231. ine This light along with the service engine soon light will be displayed when a noticeable reduction in the vehicle s performance may occur Stop the vehicle and turn off the ignition Wait for 10 seconds and restart your vehicle This may correct the condition The vehicle may be driven at a reduced speed when the reduced engine power light is on but acceleration and speed may be reduced The performance may be reduced until the next time you drive your vehicle If this light stays on see your retailer as soon as possible for diagnosis and repair 178 Highbeam On Light This light comes on when the high beam headlamps are in use See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 146 Daytime Running Lamps DRL Gate Ajar Light Indicator Light If this light comes on This light is located on your liftgate is not i completely closed p skr VA i lt Driving with the liftgate whenever the Daytime OPON van causo Running Lamps a Shi carbon monoxide CO to enter the vehicle See Engine Exhaust on page 125 for more See Daytime Running Lamps DRL on page 152 information for further information 179 Fuel Gage When the ignition is on the fuel gage tells you about how much fuel you have left in your tank When the indicator nears empty the low fuel light will come on You still have a little fuel left but you should get more soon See Low Fuel Warning Light on page 181 for more information 180 He
232. ing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 92 Windshield Wiper Fuses The windshield wiper motor is protected by a circuit breaker and a fuse If the motor overheats due to heavy snow or ice the wiper will stop until the motor cools If the overload is caused by some electrical problem have it fixed 380 Power Windows and Other Power Options Circuit breakers in the fuse panel protect the power windows and other power accessories When the current load is too heavy the circuit breaker opens and closes protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed Fuses and Circuit Breakers The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination of fuses circuit breakers and fusible thermal links This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical problems Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating If you ever have a problem on the road and do not have a spare fuse you can borrow one that has the same amperage Just pick some feature of your vehicle that you can get along without like the radio or cigarette lighter and use its fuse if it is the correct amperage Replace it as soon as you can Instrument Panel Fuse Block EPS CI LOCK MIRROR BCM BCM IGNI Co 9 AFTER BLOW HVAC BLOWER HAZARD HTD SEATS CO RADIO PARK BCM CLUSTER INTETS DALKS ea The instrument panel fuse block is located on the passenger s side of the lower co
233. ing feature is active Five seconds after the last door is closed all of the doors will lock To cancel the delay and lock the doors immediately press the lock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter or the power door lock switch a second time The theft deterrent system will arm after 30 seconds Programmable Automatic Door Locks Automatic Locking Your vehicle has a locking feature that will automatically lock all the doors and liftgate when the ignition is in RUN and the shift lever is moved out of PARK P All doors must be closed The automatic locking feature cannot be disabled All doors will automatically lock again when the brake pedal is applied a door is opened and then closed and the brake pedal is released Programmable Automatic Unlocking All the doors and liftgate will automatically unlock when the shift lever is moved into PARK P The unlocking feature can be programmed on or off by turning the ignition to RUN engine not running and pressing the unlock part of the power door lock switch for eight seconds The horn will chirp once when this feature is on and twice when it is off Rear Door Security Locks Your vehicle has rear door security locks that prevent passengers from opening the rear doors from the inside The rear door security locks are located on the inside edge of each rear door To set the rear door security locks do the following 1 Insert the key into the lock and
234. ing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire See Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 352 Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg plus the rated cargo load See Loading Your Vehicle on page 264 Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb weight accessory weight occupant weight and cargo weight Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle s capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure See Tire and Loading Information Label under Loading Your Vehicle on page 264 Inflation Tire Pressure Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively Notice Do not let anyone tell you that under inflation or over inflation is all right It is not If your tires do not have enough air under inflation you can get the following e Too much flexing e Too much heat e Tire overloading e Premature or irregular wear e Poor handling e Reduced fuel economy If your tires have too much air over inflation you can get the following e Unusual wear e Poor handling e Rough ride e Needless damage from road hazards 345 A Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar below the driver s door latch This label lists your vehicle s original equipment tires and shows the correct inflat
235. ion If you are interested in learning more about the DVD functions of this radio system see Rear Seat Entertainment System on page 214 later in this section for more information Using an MP3 MP3 CD R or CD RW Disc The radio plays MP3 files that were recorded on a CD R or CD RW disc The files can be recorded with the following fixed bit rates 32 kbps 40 kbps 56 kbps 64 kbps 80 kbps 96 kbps 112 kbps 128 kbps 160 kbps 192 kbps 224 kbps 256 kbps and 320 kbps or a variable bit rate Song title artist name and album are available for display by the radio when recorded using ID3 tags version 1 and 2 205 Compressed Audio The radio also plays discs that contain both uncompressed CD audio CDA files and MP3 files By default the radio reads only the uncompressed audio and ignore the MP3 files Pressing the CAT category button toggles between compressed and uncompressed audio format MP3 Format If you burn your own MP3 disc on a personal computer e Make sure the MP3 files are recorded ona CD R or CD RW disc e Avoid mixing standard audio and MP3 files on one disc e The CD player is able to read and play a maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists and 255 files e Create a folder structure that makes it easy to find songs while driving Organize songs by albums using one folder for each album Each folder or album should contain 18 songs or less 206 Avoid subfolders The system can support up t
236. ion Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person A CAUTION Both frontal and roof mounted side impact airbags inflate with great force faster than the blink of an eye If you are too close to an inflating airbag as you would be if you were leaning forward it could seriously injure you Safety belts help keep you in position for airbag inflation before and during a crash Always wear your safety belt even with frontal airbags The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door A CAUTION Anyone who is up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer the best protection for adults but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide Always secure children properly in your vehicle To read how see Older Children on page 44 or Infants and Young Children on page 47 77 There is an airbag readiness light on the e instrument panel cluster which shows the N airbag symbol The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem See Airbag R
237. ion pressures for your tires when they are cold The recommended cold tire inflation pressure shown on the label is the minimum amount of air pressure needed to support your vehicle s maximum load carrying capacity For additional information regarding how much weight your vehicle can carry and an example of the tire and loading information label see Loading Your Vehicle on page 264 How you load your vehicle affects vehicle handling and ride comfort Never load your vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry When to Check Check your tires once a month or more 346 How to Check Use a good quality pocket type gage to check tire pressure You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they re under inflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label no further adjustment is necessary If the inflation pressure is low add air until you reach the recommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Re check th
238. ire Pressure o e 345 INTO Kit Te reicinn a 358 Instrument Panel OVGEIVICW daskor tutis insons bunuk 142 Instrument Panel I P BriQhtM SS 2 core KER ab 153 CIUS seen E NEEN 162 Interior LAMPS sssssssssissssrrrrersrrriserrrrsnrrrnnns 153 J Jump Starting cienie 322 K Keyless Entry System cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 99 KYS 25 ves cnee cnstusceestsatpemte EN EETAS ARNEE ERRANEZ 98 Labeling Tire Sidewall 1 340 Lamps Battery Run Down Protection 154 DOME aid aa 154 LOTION A TEE RT E T SET 153 MAD E E EN EE 154 LATCH System Child Restraints 32 nd ondina 58 License Plate Lamps ccccseeeeeeeeteeeeeee 337 WTEC eo e sxe dts SBS T REESE SEERE SE SES DEES 106 Light Airbag Readiness eeen 165 Anti Lock Brake System Warning 170 Battery Warning aar rn 168 Brake System Warning cecceeeeeeeeeees 169 Change Engine Oil 1 W W W u ssecereerrerrrrreee 177 Daytime Running Lamps Indicator 179 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning 172 Fuel Economy c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaes 183 Gate Ajar sisareni aide glia 179 Highbeam ON o eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeenees 178 Hill Start ASSISt cis eee en ss tian 183 Hood LAAN oil 184 Low Coolant Warning u u sssseeeeeererrnee 172 431 Light cont Low Fuel Warning acres 181 LOW TRACTION sarreren 171 Malfunction Indicator eee 173 Oil PRESSUNE roesit anodne anaiei 176 Passenger Airbag Sta
239. is moving Head Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupant s head This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash 15 Pull the head restraint Passenger Folding Seatback up to raise it To lower the head restraint The front passenger s seatback folds flat press the button located on the top of the seatback and push AN CAUTION the restraint down If you fold the seatback forward to carry longer objects such as skis be sure any such cargo is not near an airbag Ina crash an inflating airbag might force that object toward a person This could cause severe injury or even death Secure objects away from the area in which an airbag would inflate For more information see Where Are the Airbags on page 78 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 264 A CAUTION Things you put on this seatback can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash Remove or secure all items before driving To fold the seatback do the following 1 Lower the head restraint all the way 2 Lift the bar under the front of the seat to unlock it Slide the seat as far back as it will go and release the bar Try to move the seat back and forth to make sure it is locked into place 3 Lift the recliner lever located on the outboard side of the seat up fully and fold the seatback forward until it disenga
240. is wrong with this The lap belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much protection this way 30 A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your lap belt is too loose In a crash you could slide under the lap belt and apply force at your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The lap belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs Q What is wrong with this A The belt is buckled in the wrong place A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong place like this In a crash the belt would go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at the pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you 31 Q What is wrong with this A The belt is over an armrest 32 A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt goes over an armrest like this The belt would be much too high In a crash you can slide under the belt The belt force would then be applied at the abdomen not at the pelvic bones and that could cause serious or fatal injuries Be sure the belt goes under the armrests Q wnat is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm In a crash your
241. ist The current artist playing is shown on the second line of the display between the arrows Once all songs by that artist are played the player moves to the next artist in alphabetical order on the CD R and begin playing MP3 files by that artist To listen to MP3 files by another artist press the pushbutton located below either arrow button The CD goes to the next or previous artist in alphabetical order Continue pressing either button until the desired artist is displayed To change from playback by artist to playback by album press the pushbutton located below the Sort By label From the sort screen push one of the buttons below the album button Press the pushbutton below the back label to return to the main music navigator screen Now the album name is displayed on the second line between the arrows and songs from the current album begins to play Once all songs from that album are played the player moves to the next album in alphabetical order on the CD R and begins playing MP3 files from that album To exit music navigator mode press the pushbutton below the Back label to return to normal MP3 playback BAND Press this button to listen to the radio while a CD is playing The CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD while listening to the radio The CD icon and a message showing disc and or track number displays while a CD is in the player Press this bu
242. it The system should resume normal operation after the seat is allowed to dry If the system operates incorrectly after the seat has dried have your retailer check the system A CAUTION Stowing of articles under the passenger s seat or between the passenger s seat cushion and seatback may interfere with the proper operation of the passenger sensing system 91 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Airbags affect how your vehicle should be serviced There are parts of the airbag system in several places around your vehicle You do not want the system to inflate while someone is working on your vehicle Your retailer and the service manual have information about servicing your vehicle and the airbag system To purchase a service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 423 92 A CAUTION For up to 10 seconds after the ignition is turned off and the battery is disconnected an airbag can still inflate during improper service You can be injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates Avoid yellow connectors They are probably part of the airbag system Be sure to follow proper service procedures and make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so The airbag system does not need regular maintenance Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Q Is there anything I might add to the front or sides of the vehicle that could keep the airbags from w
243. ke pedal down firmly and let anti lock work for you You may hear the anti lock pump or motor operate and feel the brake pedal pulsate but this is normal Braking in Emergencies With ABS you can steer and brake at the same time In many emergencies steering can help you more than even the very best braking 240 Traction Control System TCS Your vehicle has a traction control system that limits wheel spin This is especially useful in slippery road conditions The system operates only if it senses that one or both of the front wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction When this happens the system reduces engine power to limit wheel spin This light will come on when your traction control system is limiting wheel spin See Low Traction Light on page 171 You may feel or hear the system working but this is normal The traction control system automatically comes on whenever you start your vehicle To limit wheel spin especially in slippery road conditions you should always leave the system on But you can turn the traction control system off if you ever need to You should turn the system off if your vehicle ever gets stuck in sand mud ice or snow and rocking the vehicle is required See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 262 and If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 261 for more information rd The button is located on the instrument panel above the audio system
244. knob clockwise to increase or counterclockwise to decrease the volume of the portable player Additional volume adjustments from the portable device might be needed if the volume is not loud or soft enough BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a portable audio device is playing The portable audio device continues playing so you might want to stop it or power it off CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD when a portable audio device is playing Press this button again and the system begins playing audio from the connected portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Input Device Found displays Radio with CD MP3 OAM 640 9 389 mM 680 Y 750 Y 96 1Y985 X41 pr ELECT Bl a lt a gt gt BAND SEEK SEEK REV Fwo ff CD AUX Radio with CD shown Radio with Six Disc CD MP3 similar Radio Data System RDS The audio system has a Radio Data System RDS The RDS feature is available for use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS information This system relies upon receiving specific information from these stations and only works when the information is available While the radio is tuned to an FM RDS station the station name or call letters display In rare cases a radio station can broadcast incorrect information that causes the radio features to work improperly If this happens contact the radio station XM Satellite Radio Service XM is a satellite radio
245. l tips to help you drive more safely Driving Environment You can also help avoid a rollover or other type of crash by being prepared for driving in inclement weather at night or during other times where visibility or traction may be limited such as on curves slippery roads or hilly terrain Unfamiliar surroundings can also have hidden hazards To help you learn more about driving in different conditions this section contains information about city freeway and off road driving as well as other hints for driving in various weather conditions Vehicle Design According to the U S Department of Transportation utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles Utility vehicles do have higher ground clearance and a narrower track or shorter wheelbase than passenger cars to make them more capable for off road driving Specific design characteristics like these give the driver a better view of the road but also give utility vehicles a higher center of gravity than other types of vehicles This means that you should not expect a utility vehicle to handle the same way a vehicle with a lower center of gravity like a car would in similar situations But driver behavior factors are far more often the cause of a utility vehicle rollover than are environmental or vehicle factors Safe driver behavior and understanding the environment in which you will be driving can help avoid a rollover crash
246. lastic cord must be under the belt flat The elastic cord must be under the belt Then place the guide over the belt and insert and the guide on top the two edges of the belt into the slots of the guide 41 A CAUTION A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the protection needed in a crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces 4 Buckle position and release the safety belt as described in Rear Seat Passengers on page 37 Make sure that the shoulder belt crosses the shoulder To remove and store the comfort guide squeeze the belt edges together so that you can take them out of the guide Pull the guide upward to expose its storage clip and then slide the guide onto the clip Turn the guide and clip inward and slide them in between the seatback and the interior body leaving only the loop of the elastic cord exposed 42 Safety Belt Pretensioners Your vehicle has safety belt pretensioners for the driver and right front passenger Although you cannot see them they are part of the safety belt assembly They help tighten the safety belts during the early stages of a moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met And if your vehicle has side impact rollover airbags safety b
247. le It should be parked on a level surface 2 Firmly apply the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 121 Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move 3 With the engine off turn the ignition to RUN but do not start the engine Without applying the regular brake try to move the shift lever out of PARK P with normal effort If the shift lever moves out of PARK P contact your Saturn retailer for service Ignition Transaxle Lock Check While parked and with the parking brake set try to turn the ignition to LOCK in each shift lever position e The ignition should turn to LOCK only when the shift lever is in PARK P e The ignition key should come out only in LOCK Contact your Saturn retailer if service is required 399 Parking Brake and Automatic Transaxle Park P Mechanism Check A CAUTION When you are doing this check your vehicle could begin to move You or others could be injured and property could be damaged Make sure there is room in front of your vehicle in case it begins to roll Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehicle begin to move 400 Park on a fairly steep hill with the vehicle facing downhill Keeping your foot on the regular brake set the parking brake e To check the parking brake s holding ability With the engine running and transaxle in NEUTRAL N slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal Do this u
248. le it will reduce the tongue weight your vehicle can carry which will also reduce the trailer weight your vehicle can tow And if you tow a trailer you must add the tongue load to the GVW because your vehicle will be carrying that weight too See Loading Your Vehicle on page 264 for more Trailering may be limited by the vehicle s ability to information about your vehicle s maximum load carry tongue weight Tongue weight cannot capacity cause the vehicle to exceed the GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating or the RGAWR Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating The effect of additional weight may reduce your trailering capacity more than the total of the additional weight Consider the following example A vehicle model base weight is 5 500 Ibs 2 495 kg 2 800 Ibs 1 270 kg at the front axle and 2 700 Ibs 1 225 kg at the rear axle It has a GVWR of 7 200 Ibs 3 266 kg a RGAWR of 4 000 Ibs 1 814 kg and a GCWR Gross Combination Weight Rating of 14 000 Ibs 6 350 kg The trailer rating should be If you re using a weight carrying hitch the trailer tongue A should weigh 10 percent of the total loaded trailer weight B If you re using a weight distributing hitch the trailer tongue A should weigh 12 percent of the total loaded trailer 14 000 Ibs 6350 kg GCWR weight B 5 500 Ibs 2495 kg Vehicle Weight 8 500 Ibs 3855 kg Trailer Rating After you ve loaded your trailer weigh the trailer and then the tongue se
249. le in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transaxle If you are stuck do not spin the tires When stopping on a hill use the brakes or parking brake to hold the vehicle in place Parking Brake The parking brake lever is located to the right of the driver s seat To set the parking brake hold the brake pedal down and pull up on the parking brake lever If the ignition is on the brake system warning light will come on To release the parking brake hold the brake pedal down Pull the parking brake lever up until you can press the release button Hold the release button in as you move the brake lever all the way down Make sure to release the parking brake before driving the vehicle Notice Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts Verify that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving Regenerative Braking Your vehicle has a regenerative braking system Regenerative braking takes some of the energy from the moving vehicle and turns it back into electrical energy This energy is then stored back into the vehicle s hybrid battery system contributing to increased fuel efficiency The system works whenever you take your foot off the accelerator pedal while your vehicle is moving in DRIVE D INTERMEDIATE I or LOW L gear This causes your vehicle to slow down
250. ling system Notice If you use extra inhibitors and or additives in your vehicle s cooling system you could damage your vehicle Use only the proper mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the cooling system See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 401 for more information 307 Checking Coolant A CAUTION TI Turning the surge tank pressure cap when the engine and radiator are hot can allow steam and scalding liquids to blow out and burn you badly Never turn the surge tank pressure cap even a little when the engine and radiator are hot The vehicle must be on a level surface When your engine is cold the coolant level should be at the COLD FILL line When your engine is warm the level should be at the COLD FILL line or a little higher The surge tank is located on the drivers side of the engine compartment See Engine Compartment Overview on page 296 for more Adding Coolant information on location If you need more coolant add the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture at the surge tank but only when the engine is cool See Engine Overheating on page 309 for instructions on How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank 308 A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine When replacing the pressure cap make sure it is
251. ll cleaning agents should be flushed promptly and not allowed to dry on the surface or they could stain Dry the finish with a soft clean chamois or an all cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting High pressure car washes may cause water to enter your vehicle 374 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses Use only lukewarm or cold water a soft cloth and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicle on page 374 Finish Care Occasional waxing or mild polishing of your vehicle by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint finish You can get approved cleaning products from your Saturn retailer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 378 Your vehicle has a basecoat clearcoat paint finish The clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat Always use waxes and polishes that are non abrasive and made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish Notice Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat clearcoat paint finish may damage it Use only non abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish on your vehicle Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts ice melting agents road oil and tar tree sap bird droppings chemicals from industrial chimneys etc can damage your vehicle s finish if they remain on painted surfaces Wash the vehicle as soon as possible If nece
252. logies and live advisors to provide you with a wide range of safety security information and convenience services If your airbags deploy the system is designed to make an automatic call to OnStar Emergency advisors who can request emergency services be sent to your location If you lock your keys in the vehicle call OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR and they can send a signal to unlock your doors If you need roadside assistance press the OnStar button and they can contact Roadside Service for you OnStar service is provided to you subject to the OnStar Terms and Conditions You may cancel your OnStar service at any time by contacting OnStar as provided below A complete OnStar Owners Guide and the OnStar Terms and Conditions are included in the vehicle s OnStar Subscriber glove box literature For more information visit onstar com or onstar ca contact OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 or TTY 1 877 248 2080 or press the OnStar button to speak with an OnStar advisor 24 hours a day 7 days a week Not all OnStar features are available on all vehicles To check if your vehicle is equipped to provide the services described below or for a full description of OnStar services and system limitations see the OnStar Owner s Guide in your glove box or visit onstar com OnStar Services the Safe amp Sound For new vehicles with OnStar Plan or the Directions amp Connections Plan i
253. ls Keys rona rensede ERE 98 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 99 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation sisinarieun An Reeds 100 Doors and Locks eee 103 BOOT EOCKS riarann annnars nean na 103 Power Door LOCKS otas rs rer adia 104 Delayed Locking hannen 104 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 104 Rear Door Security LOCKS ecce 105 Lockout Protection ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 106 Liftgate raana aaa 106 Windows 00 0 eect keen enken enken nerne 107 Power WIiNdOWS 0 ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 108 SUN VISOIS 00688884 8 TAGRENDE SERRA FEKS SAR ENES 108 Theft Deterrent Systems 0 00 109 Content Theft Deterrent cccceeeeee eee 109 PasslOCk ararasan parenii e eas 110 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 111 New Vehicle Break In M W X u ssseeereeerrennnee 111 Ignition Positions secssnocinsresnesamion 111 Starting the Engine Automatic Engine Start Stop 0 113 Engine Coolant Heater e cesses 116 Automatic Transaxle Operation 0 118 Parking Brake orando air inua 121 Regenerative Braking cenere 121 Shifting Into Park P ceses 122 Shifting Out of Park P erne lee 123 Parking Over Things That Burn 124 Engine Exhaust cccsseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 125 Running the Engine While Parked 126 MIPROMS essiri 127 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with OnStar Compass
254. ludes the latest information at the time it was printed We reserve the right to make changes after that time without further notice This manual describes features that may be available in this model but your vehicle may not have all of them For example more than one Litho in U S A Part No 15246947 A First Printing entertainment system may be offered or your vehicle may have been ordered without a front passenger or rear seats Keep this manual in the vehicle so it will be there if it is needed If the vehicle is sold leave this manual in the vehicle Canadian Owners A French language copy of this manual can be obtained from your retailer or from Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 2006 General Motors Corporation All Rights Reserved How to Use This Manual Many people read the owner manual from beginning to end when they first receive their new vehicle If this is done it can help you learn about the features and controls for the vehicle Pictures and words work together in the owner manual to explain things Index A good place to quickly locate information about the vehicle is the Index in the back of the manual It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found Safety Warnings and Symbols There are a number of safety cautions in this book We use a box and the word CAUTION to tell about things that could hurt you if you were to ignor
255. luid Your brake master cylinder reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 296 for the location of the reservoir DOT 3 AR The brake master cylinder reservoir is located under the engine cover To access the reservoir pull up on the engine cover and lift it off the engine There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir might go down The first is that the brake fluid goes down to an acceptable level during normal brake lining wear When new linings are put in the fluid level goes back up The other reason is that fluid is leaking out of the brake system If it is you should have your brake system fixed since a leak means that sooner or later your brakes will not work well or will not work at all 318 So it is not a good idea to top off your brake fluid Adding brake fluid will not correct a leak If you add fluid when your linings are worn then you will have too much fluid when you get new brake linings You should add or remove brake fluid as necessary only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system A CAUTION If your vehicle has too much brake fluid it can spill on the engine The fluid will burn if the engine is hot enough You or others could be burned and your vehicle could be damaged Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system When your brake fluid falls to a low level your brake warning light will
256. m Your vehicle s systems may interfere with the operation of sound equipment that has been added 185 Setting the Time Without Date Display If your vehicle has an AM FM base radio with a single CD player and preset buttons numbered one through six the radio has a clock button for setting the time You can set the time by following these steps 1 Turn the ignition key to ACC accessory or RUN Press the power knob located in the center of the radio to turn the radio on 2 Press the clock button until the hour numbers begin flashing on the display Press the clock button a second time and the minute numbers begin flashing on the display 3 While either the hour or the minute numbers are flashing turn the tune knob located on the upper right side of the radio clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the time 4 Press the clock button again until the clock display stops flashing to set the currently displayed time otherwise the flashing stops after five seconds and the current time displayed will be automatically set 186 To change the time default setting from 12 hour to 24 hour press the clock button and then the pushbutton located under the forward arrow label Once the time 12H and 24H are displayed press the pushbutton located under the desired option to select the default Press the clock button again to apply the selected default or let the screen time out Setting the Time Wit
257. mperature is above 100 F 38 C Three important considerations have to do with weight e the weight of the trailer e the weight of the trailer tongue e and the total weight on your vehicle s tires Weight of the Trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be It should never weigh more than 1 500 Ibs 680 kg But even that can be too heavy It depends on how you plan to use your rig For example speed altitude road grades outside temperature and how much your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important It can also depend on any special equipment that you have on your 276 vehicle and the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry See Weight of the Trailer Tongue later in this section for more information Maximum trailer weight is calculated assuming only the driver is in the tow vehicle and it has all the required trailering equipment The weight of additional optional equipment passengers and cargo must be subtracted from the maximum trailer weight You can ask your retailer for trailering information or advice Weight of the Trailer Tongue The tongue load A of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total or gross weight of your vehicle The Gross Vehicle Weight GVW includes the curb weight of the vehicle any cargo you may carry in it and the people who will be riding in the vehicle If you have a lot of options equipment passengers or cargo in your vehic
258. munication Centre General Motors of Canada Ltd CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 www gmcanada com 1 800 263 1999 1 800 263 3830 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 268 6800 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program FIMOBILITY This program available to qualified applicants can reimburse you up to 1 000 toward eligible aftermarket driver or passenger adaptive equipment you may require for your vehicle such as hand controls wheelchair scooter lifts etc The offer is available for a limited period of time from the date of vehicle purchase lease For more details or to determine your vehicle s eligibility visit your Saturn retailer or call the Saturn Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 553 6000 Text telephone TTY users call 1 800 833 6000 In Canada customers may call the Saturn Customer Communication Centre at 1 800 263 1999 TTY users in Canada may call 1 800 263 3830 Roadside Assistance Program For vehicles purchased in the U S call 1 800 553 6000 TTY 1 800 833 6000 For vehicles purchased in Canada call 1 800 268 6800 Service available 24 hours a day 365 days a year As the proud owner of a new Saturn vehicle you are automatically enrolled in the Saturn Roadside Assistance Program This value added service is intended to provide you with peace of mind as you drive in the city or travel the open road Who is Covered Roadside Assistance c
259. n automatic transaxle in PARK P or a manual transaxle in NEUTRAL before setting the parking brake 323 Notice If you leave your radio or other accessories on during the jump starting procedure they could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always turn off your radio and other accessories when jump starting your vehicle 3 Turn off the ignition on both vehicles Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette lighter or the accessory power outlet Turn off the radio and all lamps that are not needed This will avoid sparks and help save both batteries And it could save the radio 4 Open each vehicle s hood and locate the positive and negative terminal locations of the other vehicle Your vehicle has a remote positive 12 volt jump starting terminal and a remote negative jump starting terminal You should always use these remote terminals instead of the terminals on the battery The remote positive terminal is located under the engine cover on the driver s side of the engine compartment 324 To access the remote positive terminal remove the engine cover by pulling up on the cover and lifting it off the engine Locate the underhood fuse block and lift off cover The remote positive terminal cover has a red on it Remove the red rubber cap to expose the jump start terminal The remote negative terminal is located on t
260. nance n s 392 Replacement Parts ccseeeeseeeeeeeeees 402 Additional Required Services 008 395 Engine Drive Belt Routing cecene 403 Maintenance Footnotes aeee 396 Maintenance Record cceeereeeeeeeeeees 404 Owner Checks and Services a se 397 389 Maintenance Schedule Introduction Important Keep engine oil at the proper level and change as recommended Maintenance Requirements Notice Maintenance intervals checks inspections replacement parts and recommended fluids and lubricants as prescribed in this manual are necessary to keep your vehicle in good working condition Any damage caused by failure to follow scheduled maintenance might not be covered by warranty 390 Your Vehicle and the Environment Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your vehicle in good working condition but also helps the environment All recommended maintenance is important Improper vehicle maintenance can even affect the quality of the air we breathe Improper fluid levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level of emissions from your vehicle To help protect our environment and to keep your vehicle in good condition be sure to maintain your vehicle properly Using the Maintenance Schedule We at Saturn want to help you keep your vehicle in good working condition But we do not know exactly how you will drive it You may drive very short distances only a few times a week
261. ngine start stop operations This is for the best comfort and defrost performance For maximum engine off time select the vent or bi level modes with the air conditioner turned off This will prevent the system from overriding the automatic engine start stop feature Setting the fan to the off position will also prevent automatic engine start stop Warning Lights Gages and Indicators This part describes the warning lights and gages that may be on your vehicle The pictures will help you locate them Warning lights and gages can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement Paying attention to your warning lights and gages could also save you or others from injury Warning lights come on when there may be oris a problem with one of your vehicle s functions As you will see in the details on the next few pages some warning lights come on briefly when you start the engine just to let you know they are working If you are familiar with this section you should not be alarmed when this happens Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions Often gages and warning lights work together to let you know when there is a problem with your vehicle When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on as you are driving or when one of the gages shows there may be a problem check the section that tells you what to do about i
262. ngs Under the Hood 294 Chemical Paint Spotting ceeee 377 Child Restraints Child Restraint Systems cece 51 Infants and Young Children 08 47 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 58 Older Children cecccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeees 44 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Outside Seat Position 0 0 64 Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Rear Seat Position 0 0 00 67 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position 69 Where to Put the Restraint cence 56 Cigarette Lighter cceeeeeeesteeeeeeeeeeeees 155 Cleaning Aluminum Wheels 0 eeccsseeeeeentneeeeees 376 Exterior Lamps Lenses cceseeeeeeeees 374 Fabric Carpet ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 372 Finish Care oy onanere AE dale 374 Inside of Your Vehicle cscs 370 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces soriire 373 MNOS E E E E lasere 376 Underbody Maintenance sce 377 Washing Your Vehicle seeen 374 WeeatherstripS ned gs 373 Windshield and Wiper Blades 375 Climate Control System s 156 COCK wav Er ioa aea aia 186 Collision Damage Repair a se 418 Comfort Guides Rear Safety Belt 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 40 COMPASS ensina anian a E ai 127 Content Theft Deterrent ssccrerree 109 Control of a Vehicle u u seseeeeerrrrrrrrrnee 237 Coolant Engine Temperature Warning Light
263. nsole CRUISE Cruise Control Switch Brake Switch Electronic Power Steering Instrument Cluster Brake Transmission Shift Interlock Solenoid Traction Switch Fog Lamp Switch LOCK Power Door Locks Power Mirror MIRROR Entry Control BCM Body Control Module Front Wipers Windows Sunroof BOM IGN 1 Body Control Module AIR BAG Sensing and Diagnostic Module Park Lamps Taillamps Side Marker PARK Lamps License Lamps 381 BCM Body Control Module Instrument CLUSTER Cluster INT LTS Body Control Module OnStar DR LKS C Reys us o AFTER BLOW HVAC BLOWER HVAC Control Head PK LP Parking Lamps DR LCK All Door Lock Switch PSG DR I UNLCK Passenger Door Unlock Switch DRV DR i UNLCK Driver Door Unlock Switch HDLP Headlamps 382 Underhood Fuse Block Main Underhood Fuse Block The main underhood fuse block is located under the engine cover on the driver s side of the engine compartment To access the fuse block remove the engine cover by pulling up on the cover and lifting it off the engine The main underhood fuse block is the larger of the two fuse blocks in the engine compartment Remove the fuse block cover for access to the fuses and relays See Engine Compartment Overview on page 296 for more information on its location To remove fuses hold the end of the fuse between your thumb and index finger and pull straight out ECM TCM BATT FEED COOL FAN HORN ME HI ENG MAIN REAR
264. nstall the pressure cap If the coolant still is not at the proper level when the system cools down again see your retailer 4 With the coolant surge tank pressure cap off start the engine and let it run until you can feel the upper radiator hose getting hot Watch out for the engine cooling fan 316 Windshield Washer Fluid What to Use When you need windshield or rear window washer fluid be sure to read the manufacturer s instructions before use If you will be operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing Adding Windshield Washer Fluid Open the cap with the washer symbol on it Add washer fluid until the tank is full See Engine Compartment Overview on page 296 for reservoir location Notice e When using concentrated washer fluid follow the manufacturer s instructions for adding water e Do not mix water with ready to use washer fluid Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage your washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system Also water does not clean as well as washer fluid e Fill your washer fluid tank only three quarters full when it is very cold This allows for expansion if freezing occurs which could damage the tank if it is completely full e Do not use engine coolant antifreeze in your windshield washer It can damage your washer system and paint 317 Brakes Brake F
265. nt door located on the bottom of the remote control 2 Replace the two AA batteries in the compartment Make sure that they are installed correctly using the diagram on the inside of the battery compartment 3 Close the battery door securely If the remote control is to be stored for a long period of time remove the batteries and keep them in a cool dry place 225 DVD Player Error Messages The video screen could display one of the following Disc Load Eject Error This message displays when there are disc load or eject problems Disc Format Error This message displays if the disc is inserted with the disc label wrong side up or if the disc is damaged Disc Region Error This message displays if the disc is not from a correct region No Disc Inserted This message displays if no disc is present when the EJECT or DVD AUX button is pressed on the radio 226 DVD Distortion Video distortion could occur when operating cellular phones scanners CB radios Global Position Systems GPS two way radios mobile fax or walkie talkies It might be necessary to turn off the DVD player when operating one of these devices in or near the vehicle Excludes the OnStar System Cleaning the DVD Player When cleaning the outside DVD faceplate and buttons use only a clean cloth dampened with clean water Cleaning the Video Screen When cleaning the video screen use only a clean cloth dampened with clean
266. ntil the vehicle is held by the parking brake only e To check the PARK P mechanism s holding ability With the engine running shift to PARK P Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake Contact your Saturn retailer if service is required Underbody Flushing Service At least every spring use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody Take care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collect Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your retailer Usage Fluid Lubricant Engine oil which meets GM Standard GM6094M and displays the American Petroleum Institute Certified for Gasoline Engines Engine Oil starburst symbol GM Goodwrench oil meets all the requirements for your vehicle To determine the proper viscosity for your vehicle s engine see Engine Oil on page 297 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and use only DEX COOL Coolant See Engine Coolant on page 306 Hydraulic Brake Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid or System equivalent DOT 3 brake fluid eae Optikleen Washer Solvent FINER Lubricant i M Part No 12377985 Parking Brake in Canada 88901242 or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB Engine Coolant Usage Fluid Lubricant Automatic Transaxle Key Lock Cylinders Hood Latch Assembly Secondary
267. nward for left positions These positions allow you to signal a turn or a lane change To signal a turn move the lever all the way up or down When the turn is finished the lever will return automatically An arrow on the instrument panel cluster will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change To signal a lane change raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash Hold it there until you complete the lane change The lever will return by itself when you release it As you signal a turn or a lane change if the arrows flash rapidly a signal bulb may be burned out and other drivers won t see your turn signal If a bulb is burned out replace it to help avoid an accident If the arrows do not go on at all when you signal a turn check the fuse see Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 380 and for burned out bulbs 145 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer To change the headlamps from low beam to high or high beam to low pull the turn signal lever all the way towards you Then release it When the high beams are on this light on the instrument panel cluster will also be on Flash to Pass This feature lets you use your high beam headlamps to signal a driver in front of you that you want to pass To flash the high beams from low beam pull the turn signal multifunction lever all the way towards you Then release it 146 Windshield Wipers Be sure to clear ice and snow from the wiper blades befor
268. o 8 subfolders deep however keep the total number of folders to a minimum in order to reduce the complexity and confusion in trying to locate a particular folder during playback Make sure playlists have a mp3 or wpl extension other file extensions might not work Minimize the length of the file folder or playlist names Long file folder or playlist names or a combination of a large number of files and folders or playlists can cause the player to be unable to play up to the maximum number of files folders playlists or sessions If you wish to play a large number of files folders playlists or sessions minimize the length of the file folder or playlist name Long names also take up more space on the display potentially getting cut off Finalize the audio disc before you burn it Trying to add music to an existing disc can cause the disc not to function in the player Change playlists by using the previous and next folder buttons the tuner knob or the seek buttons You can also play an MP3 CD R that was recorded using no file folders If a CD R contains more than the maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists and 255 files the player lets you access and navigate up to the maximum but all items over the maximum are not accessible Root Directory The root directory of the CD R is treated as a folder If the root directory has compressed audio files the directory displays as F1 ROOT All files contained directly und
269. o PARK P with the vehicle moving could damage the transaxle Shift into PARK P only when your vehicle is stopped Starting Procedure 1 With your foot off the accelerator pedal turn the ignition key to START When the engine starts let go of the key The idle speed will go down as your engine gets warm Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transaxle gently to allow the oil to warm up and lubricate all moving parts Your vehicle has a Computer Controlled Cranking System This feature assists in starting the engine and protects components If the ignition key is turned to the START position and then released when the engine begins cranking the engine will continue cranking for a few seconds or until the vehicle starts If the engine does not start and the key is held in START for many seconds cranking stops after 15 seconds to prevent cranking motor damage To prevent gear damage this system also prevents cranking if the engine is already running Engine cranking can be stopped by turning the ignition switch to the ACC or LOCK position Notice Cranking the engine for long periods of time by returning the key to the START position immediately after cranking has ended can overheat and damage the cranking motor and drain the battery Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to allow the cranking motor to cool down 113 2 If the engine does not start after 5 10 seconds
270. o adjust the color tint brightness contrast and display mode normal full or Zoom The dynamic range compression feature can be used to reduce loud audio and increase low audio produced by some DVDs amp gt Return Press this button to exit the current active menu and return to the previous menu This button operates only when a DVD is playing and a menu is active d Audio Press this button to display a menu that only appears when a DVD is playing The format and content of this function varies for each disc 224 L J Subtitle Press this button to turn on subtitles and to move through subtitle options when a DVD is playing The format and content of this function varies for each disc Camera Angle Press this button to change camera angles on DVDs that have this feature when a DVD is playing The format and content of this function varies for each disc 4 Fast Reverse Press this button to fast reverse the DVD or CD To stop fast reversing press this button again This button might not work when the DVD is playing the copyright information or the previews SRCE Source Press this button to switch between the DVD player and an auxiliary source Fast Forward Press this button to fast forward the DVD or CD To stop fast forwarding press this button again This button might not work when the DVD is playing the copyright information or the previews HE Stop Press this button to stop playing
271. o exit the vehicle as soon as you take your foot off the brake pedal the engine will start again and the vehicle can move forward If you are going to exit your vehicle first shift to PARK P and turn the ignition to LOCK Then exit Your vehicle has an automatic engine start stop feature which is a hybrid fuel saving operation After the engine is started and has reached operating temperature the AUTO STOP feature may cause the engine to turn off when you apply the brakes and come to a complete stop When you take your foot off the brake pedal or press the accelerator pedal the engine will start The engine will continue to run until the next AUTO STOP The AUTO STOP mark on the tachometer signifies that the engine is in AUTO STOP mode After parking and then turning off the vehicle the tachometer needle will move to OFF If the driver s door is opened while in AUTO STOP mode a chime will sound If you are on an incline your vehicle may roll backwards a short distance until the engine performs an AUTO START The Hill Start Assist feature will help start the vehicle on a moderate or steep incline See Hill Start Assist Light on page 183 for more information To restart the engine during the AUTO STOP release the brake pedal or press the accelerator pedal The engine starts immediately The vehicle continues to run until the next stop There are several conditions which may prevent an AUTO STOP or cause an AUTO START
272. o replace one of these bulbs do the following 1 Remove the two screws holding each of CHMSL Front Turn Signal Parking 3157K the license plate lamps to the fascia Headlamps High beam 9005 or HB3 Low beam DRL 9006 or HB4 Rear Turn Signal Stoplamp and Taillamp 057 For replacement bulbs not listed here contact your retailer 2 Turn and pull the license plate lamp forward through the fascia opening 3 Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull the bulb straight out of the socket 4 Install the new bulb 5 Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to reinstall the license plate lamp 337 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear and cracking See Scheduled Maintenance on page 392 for more information Replacement blades come in different types and are removed in different ways For proper type and length see Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 402 To replace the windshield wiper blade assembly do the following 1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield 338 2 Push the release lever B to disengage the hook and push the wiper arm A out of the blade C 3 Push the new wiper blade securely on the wiper arm until you hear the release lever click into place To replace the rear wiper blade follow the steps listed above Tires Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made by a leading tire manu
273. oad When the road becomes smoother the CD should play e The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down e The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again e There could have been a problem while burning the CD R e The label could be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your retailer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your retailer when reporting the problem 193 Using the Auxiliary Input Jack Your radio system has an auxiliary input jack located on the lower right side of the faceplate This is not an audio output do not plug the headphone set into the front auxiliary input jack However an external audio device such as an iPod laptop computer MP3 player CD changer or cassette tape player etc can be connected to the auxiliary input jack for use as another source for audio listening Drivers are encouraged to set up any auxiliary device while the vehicle is in PARK P See Defensive Driving on page 233 for more information on driver distraction To use a portable audio player connect a 3 5 mm 1 8 inch cable to the radio s front auxiliary input jack While a device is connected press the radio CD AUX button to begin playing audio from the device over the vehicle speakers 194 cb Power Volume Turn this
274. ok installed on your vehicle V The recovery hook is located at the rear of your vehicle It can only be used for pulling the vehicle out if it is stuck not for towing the vehicle 263 Loading Your Vehicle It is very important to know how much weight your vehicle can carry This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all occupants cargo and all nonfactory installed options Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification Tire label A CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle 264 Tire and Loading Information Label SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Example Label A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the center pillar B pillar With the drivers door open you will find the label attached below the door lock post striker The tire and loading information label shows the number of occupant seating positions A and the maximum vehicle capacity weight B in kilograms and pounds The Tire and Loading Information label also show
275. om any underhood electric fan A CAUTION Things that burn can get on hot engine parts and start a fire These include liquids like fuel oil coolant brake fluid windshield washer and other fluids and plastic or rubber You or others could be burned Be careful not to drop or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine Hood Release To open the hood do the following 1 Pull the handle with this symbol on it It is located under the instrument panel on the driver s side of the vehicle 2 Then go to the front of the vehicle and lift up on the secondary hood release lever 3 Lift the hood Before closing the hood be sure all the filler caps are on properly Then pull the hood down and close it firmly 295 Engine Compartment Overview When you open the hood you will see the following Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 302 Remote Negative Terminal On generator See Jump Starting on page 322 Engine Oil Dipstick out of view See Engine Oil on page 297 Engine Oil Fill Cap See Engine Oil on page 297 Hybrid Underhood Fuse Block Under engine cover Brake Fluid Reservoir Under engine cover See Brakes on page 318 Main Underhood Fuse Block Contains Remote Positive Terminal Under engine cover See Jump Starting on page 322 Engine Coolant Surge Tank See Cooling
276. on given in your case you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program by using the toll free telephone number or by writing them at the following address BBB Auto Line Program Council of Better Business Bureaus Inc 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington VA 22203 1838 Telephone 1 800 955 5100 This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia Eligibility is limited by vehicle age mileage and other factors Saturn Corporation reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and or discontinue its participation in this program 409 STEP THREE Canadian Owners General Motors Participation in the Mediation Arbitration Program In the event that you do not feel your concerns have been addressed after following the procedure outlined in Steps 1 and 2 General Motors of Canada Limited has committed to binding arbitration of owner disputes involving factory related vehicle service claims The program provides for the review of the facts involved by an impartial third party arbiter and may include an informal hearing before the arbiter The program is designed so that the entire dispute settlement process from the time you file your complaint to the final decision should be completed in approximately 70 days We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal
277. ontrols the brightness of the instrument panel lights The thumbwheel for this 2 feature is located on the center of the instrument am EN panel Turn the thumbwheel to the right to brighten the lights or to the left to dim them 153 Dome Lamp The dome lamp switch has three positions X Off The lamp will not come on as long as the switch is in this position fa Automatic The lamp will come on when a door is opened See Entry Lighting on page 154 On The lamp will stay on as long as the switch is in this position Entry Lighting If the dome lamp is in the automatic position the lamps inside your vehicle will come on when any door is opened In addition the lights will come on when the remote keyless entry unlock button is pressed It will stay on for 20 seconds or until a door is opened After the door is opened the lights will remain on and stay on for 20 seconds after the doors are closed or until you put the key in the ignition and turn the key to RUN The lights will then gradually dim until it is no longer lit 154 Map Lamps The lamps are located on the headliner above the rearview mirror To turn the lamps on press the lens Press the lens again to turn them off Battery Run Down Protection Your vehicle is equipped with a battery saver feature designed to protect your vehicle s battery When any interior lamp is left on and the ignition is turned off the battery rundown prote
278. order online A Accessories and Modifications 287 Accessory Power Outlet S 0 0 ccceeceeee 154 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle occ 93 Additives Fuel cccccecceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeneees 290 Add On Electrical Equipment n s 380 Air Cleaner Filter Engine scene 302 Air Conditioning sne rainn aas 156 Airbag Passenger Status Indicator eee 166 Readiness Light ccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 165 Airbag Sensing and Diagnostic Module SDM irosen aeaea 417 Airbag SYSTEM 22 oss dne gere IRENE ENE 75 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle oiccen 93 How Does an Airbag Restrain 1 1 1 1 W1 1 1 1 1 83 Passenger Sensing System a e 86 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 92 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 1 W W1 1 1 83 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates er dne 84 When Should an Airbag Inflate 81 Where Are the Airbags cecene 78 Antenna Fixed Mast ccccecceeceeeneeeeeeeees 229 Antenna XM Satellite Radio Antenna System s 229 Anti Lock Brake System ABS W W ssseseee 238 Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light 170 Appearance Care Aluminum Wheels secere 376 Care of Safety Belts cc eeeeeeees 373 Chemical Paint Spotting ceee 377 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 374 Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle 37
279. orking properly A Yes If you add things that change your vehicle s frame bumper system height front end or side sheet metal they may keep the airbag system from working properly Also the airbag system may not work properly if you relocate any of the airbag sensors If you have any questions about this you should contact Customer Assistance before you modify your vehicle The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 408 Q Because I have a disability have to get A my vehicle modified How can I find out whether this will affect my airbag system Changing or moving any parts of the front seats safety belts the airbag sensing and diagnostic module steering wheel instrument panel ceiling headliner ceiling and pillar garnish trim roof mounted airbag modules or airbag wiring can affect the operation of the airbag system If you have questions call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 408 93 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Now and then make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damage
280. ote control If the screen is in the closed position the signals are not available for the operation of the headphones or the remote control Notice Avoid directly touching the video screen as damage may occur See Cleaning the Video Screen later in this section for more information 217 DVD Player AM 640 9 389 mM 680 Y 750 Y 96 1Y985 X41 pr EECT gt gt DVD BAND seek SEK Rev FWD AUX The DVD player is part of the radio and is located in the center of the instrument panel The DVD player is controlled by the buttons on the radio faceplate or by the buttons on the remote control See Remote Control later in this section for more information 218 The DVD player is only compatible with DVDs that are authorized for use in the United States and Canada Region Code 1 The DVD region code is printed on the jacket of most DVDs Most audio CDs CD R CD RW and MP3s can also be played by the radio with CD and DVD If an error message displays on the video screen or the radio see DVD Player Error Messages later in this section Auxiliary Input Jack The radio system has an auxiliary input jack located on the lower right side of the faceplate An external audio device such as an iPod MP3 player or cassette player can be connected to the auxiliary input jack for use as another source for audio listening DVD Player Buttons To learn about the DVD functions for this type of radio system rea
281. overage is for the vehicle operator regardless of ownership A person driving this vehicle without the consent of the owner is not eligible for coverage 413 The following services are provided in the U S during the Bumper to Bumper warranty period and in Canada during the Base Warranty coverage period of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty up to a maximum coverage of 100 414 Fuel Delivery Delivery of enough fuel for the customer to get to the nearest service station approximately 5 in the U S and 10 litres in Canada Service to provide diesel may be restricted For safety reasons propane and other alternative fuels will not be provided through this service Lock out Service To ensure security the driver must present the vehicle registration and personal ID before lock out service is provided Lock out service will be covered at no charge if you are unable to gain entry into your vehicle If you vehicle will not start Roadside Assistance will arrange to have your vehicle towed to the nearest authorized retailer In the U S replacement keys made at the customer s expense will be delivered within 10 miles Emergency Tow From a Public Roadway or Highway Tow to the nearest Saturn retailer for warranty service or in the event of a vehicle disabling accident Winch out assistance provided when the vehicle is mired in sand mud or snow Flat Tire Change If your vehicle has a spare time installation of tha
282. ower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors 2 If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor if equipped Refer to the child restraint instructions and the following steps 2 1 Find the top tether anchor 2 2 Route attach and tighten the top tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following instructions If the position you are using does not have a head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether over the seatback If the position you are using does not have a head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether over the seatback If the position you are using has an adjustable head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether around the head restraint 63 If the position you are using has an adjustable head restraint and you are using a single tether raise the head restraint and route the tether under the head restraint and in between the head restraint posts 3 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure 64 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Outside Seat Position If your child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 58 If your child restraint does not have the LATCH system you will be using the lap
283. own The vehicle should be parked on a level surface K A Ga ar IF A Electric Engine Fan B Coolant Surge Tank with Pressure Cap 311 The coolant level should be at the COLD FILL line If it is not you may have a leak at the radiator hoses heater hoses radiator water pump or somewhere else in the cooling system A CAUTION Heater and radiator hoses and other engine parts can be very hot Do not touch them If you do you can be burned Do not run the engine if there is a leak If you run the engine it could lose all coolant That could cause an engine fire and you could be burned Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle 312 If there seems to be no leak with the engine on check to see if the electric engine cooling fan is running If the engine is overheating the fan should be running If it is not your vehicle needs service Turn off the engine Notice Engine damage from running your engine without coolant is not covered by your warranty Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant could require changing sooner at 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in your vehicle How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank Notice This vehicle has
284. p not being adjusted This allows only the beam of light from the headlamp being adjusted to be seen on the flat surface 329 330 Locate the vertical headlamp aiming screws which are under the hood near each headlamp assembly The adjustment screw can be turned with a E8 Torx socket Turn the vertical aiming screw until the headlamp beam is aimed to the horizontal tape line Turn it clockwise or counterclockwise to raise or lower the angle of the beam 10 Make sure that the light from the headlamp is positioned at the bottom edge of the horizontal tape line The lamp on the left A shows the correct headlamp aim The lamp on the right B shows the incorrect headlamp aim Repeat Steps 7 through 9 for the opposite headlamp Bulb Replacement For the type of bulb to use see Replacement Bulbs on page 337 For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section contact your retailer Halogen Bulbs A CAUTION Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb You or others could be injured Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package Headlamps A Parking Turn Signal Lamp B Low beam Headlamp Daytime Running Lamp DRL C High beam Headlamp 331 To replace one of the headlamp bulbs use the following procedure To replace the parking turn signal lamp bulb
285. p tether is attached to the top tether anchor disconnect it Unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way The safety belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger Airbag System Your vehicle has a frontal airbag for the driver and a frontal airbag for the right front passenger Your vehicle may also have roof mounted side impact airbags designed for either side impact or rollover deployment Roof mounted side impact airbags are available for the driver and the passenger seated directly behind the driver and for the right front passenger and the passenger seated directly behind that passenger If your vehicle has roof mounted side impact airbags the words AIR BAG will appear on the airbag covering on the ceiling near the driver s and right front passengers window Even if you have no right front passenger seat in your vehicle there is still an active frontal airbag in the right side of the instrument panel Do not place cargo in front of this airbag A CAUTION Be sure that cargo is not near an airbag In a crash an inflating airbag might force that object toward a person This could cause severe injury or even death Secure objects away from the area in which an airbag would inflate For more information see Where Are the Airbags on page 78 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 264 Airbags are designed to supplement the protection provided by safety belts
286. parately to see if the weights are proper If they aren t you may be able to get them right simply by moving some items around in the trailer 277 You can expect tongue weight to be at least 10 percent of trailer weight 850 Ibs 386 kg and because the weight is applied well behind the rear axle the effect on the rear axle will be greater than just the weight itself as much as 1 5 times as much The weight at the rear axle could be 850 Ibs 386 kg X 1 5 1 275 Ibs 578 kg Since the rear axle already weighs 2 700 Ibs 1 225 kg adding 1 275 Ibs 578 kg brings the total to 3 975 Ibs 1 803 kg This is very close to but within the limit for RGAWR as well The vehicle is set to trailer up to 8 500 Ibs 3 856 kg But let s say your specific vehicle is equipped with some of the latest options and you have a front seat passenger and two rear seat passengers with some luggage and gear in the vehicle as well 278 You may add 300 Ibs 136 kg to the front axle weight and 400 Ibs 181 kg to the rear axle weight Your vehicle now weighs 2 800 Ibs 1270 kg 2 700 Ibs 1225 kg 300 Ibs 136 kg Front 400 Ibs 181 kg Rear 6 200 Ibs 2812 kg Total Weight is still below 7 200 Ibs 3 266 kg and you may think that you should subtract 700 additional pounds 318 kg from your trailering capacity to stay within GCWR limits Your maximum trailer would only be 7 800 Ibs 3 538 kg You may go further and think yo
287. ply because of the damage to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were For frontal airbags inflation is determined by what the vehicle hits the angle of the impact and how quickly the vehicle slows down For side impact airbags inflation is determined by the location and severity of the impact What Makes an Airbag Inflate In an impact of sufficient severity the airbag sensing system detects that the vehicle is in a crash Additionally in the case of a rollover capable roof mounted side impact airbag the sensing system detects that the vehicle is about to roll over The sensing system triggers a release of gas from the inflator which inflates the airbag For the frontal airbags the inflator airbag and related hardware are all part of the airbag modules inside the steering wheel and in the instrument panel in front of the right front passenger For vehicles with roof mounted rollover airbags the airbag modules the inflator and the airbags are located in the ceiling of the vehicle near the side windows How Does an Airbag Restrain In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel In moderate to severe side collisions even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle Airbags supplement the protection provided by safety belts Airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant
288. ps It is important to take curves at a reasonable speed A lot of the driver lost control accidents mentioned on the news happen on curves Here is why Experienced driver or beginner each of us is subject to the same laws of physics when driving on curves The traction of the tires against the road surface makes it possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn the front wheels If there is no traction inertia will keep the vehicle going in the same direction If you have ever tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice you will understand this The traction you can get in a curve depends on the condition of your tires and the road surface the angle at which the curve is banked and your speed While you are in a curve speed is the one factor you can control Suppose you are steering through a sharp curve Then you suddenly accelerate Both control systems steering and acceleration have to do their work where the tires meet the road Adding the sudden acceleration can demand too much of those places You can lose control See Traction Control System TCS on page 240 242 What should you do if this ever happens Ease up on the brake or accelerator pedal steer the vehicle the way you want it to go and slow down Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should adjust your speed Of course the posted speeds are based on good weather and road conditions Under less favorable conditions you will want to go
289. quick and free of charge 410 For further information concerning eligibility in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP call toll free 1 800 207 0685 Alternatively you may call the Saturn Customer Communication Centre 1 800 263 1999 or you may write to Mediation Arbitration Program c o Customer Communication Centre General Motors of Canada Limited Mail Code CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Telephone 1 800 955 5100 Your inquiry should be accompanied by your Vehicle Identification Number VIN Online Owner Center Online Owner Center United States only The Owner Center is a resource for your Saturn ownership needs Specific vehicle information can be found in one place The Online Owner Center allows you to e Get e mail service reminders e Access information about your specific vehicle including tips and videos and an electronic version of this owner manual e Keep track of your vehicle s service history and maintenance schedule e Find Saturn retailers for service nationwide e Receive special promotions and privileges only available to members Refer to www saturn com on the web for updated information and to register your vehicle My GM Canada Canada only My GM Canada is a password protected section of gmcanada com where you can save information on GM vehicles get personalized offers and use handy tools and forms with greater ease Here are a
290. quired by law 417 In addition once GM collects or receives data GM may e use the data for GM research needs e make it available for research where appropriate confidentiality is to be maintained and need is shown or e share summary data which is not tied to a specific vehicle with non GM organizations for research purposes Others such as law enforcement may have access to the special equipment that can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the device that stores the data If your vehicle has OnStar please check the OnStar subscription service agreement or owner manual for information on its operations and data collection 418 Collision Damage Repair If your vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts Poorly performed collision repairs will diminish your vehicle s resale value and safety performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions Collision Parts Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the parts with which your vehicle was originally built Genuine GM Collision parts are your best choice to assure that your vehicle s designed appearance durability and safety are preserved The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain your GM New Vehicle Warranty Recycled original equipment parts may
291. r passing e Drive ahead Look down the road to the sides and to crossroads for situations that might affect your passing patterns If you have any doubt whatsoever about making a successful pass wait for a better time e Watch for traffic signs pavement markings and lines If you can see a sign up ahead that might indicate a turn or an intersection delay your pass A broken center line usually indicates it is all right to pass providing the road ahead is clear Never cross a solid line on your side of the lane or a double solid line even if the road seems empty of approaching traffic Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass while you are awaiting an opportunity For one thing following too closely reduces your area of vision especially if you are following a larger vehicle Also you will not have adequate space if the vehicle ahead suddenly slows or stops Keep back a reasonable distance When it looks like a chance to pass is coming up start to accelerate but stay in the right lane and do not get too close Time your move so you will be increasing speed as the time comes to move into the other lane If the way is clear to pass you will have a running start that more than makes up for the distance you would lose by dropping back And if something happens to cause you to cancel your pass you need only slow down and drop back again and wait for another opportunity If other vehicles are lined up to pass
292. r satisfaction and goodwill are important to your retailer and to Saturn Together we are committed to providing our customers with unparalleled service before during and after the purchase of a Saturn vehicle for total customer satisfaction We call this the Saturn Difference Normally any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of your vehicle will be resolved by your retailer s sales or service departments lf for any reason your ownership experience falls below your expectations we suggest you take the following action STEP ONE Contact the Retail Customer Assistance Liaison Any member of the retail management team has the authority and the desire to resolve your concerns Normally concerns can be quickly resolved at this level 408 STEP TWO Should you need additional assistance in the U S contact the Saturn Customer Assistance Center by calling 1 800 553 6000 In Canada contact the Saturn Customer Communication Centre at 1 800 263 1999 A Saturn Customer Assistance Center team member will handle your call and assist in providing product and warranty information the nearest retailer location roadside assistance brochures literature and discuss any concerns you may have We encourage you to call the toll free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention Please have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance Representative e Vehicle Identification Number VIN
293. r shoulder to make sure there is not another vehicle in your blind spot Once you are moving on the freeway make certain you allow a reasonable following distance Expect to move slightly slower at night When you want to leave the freeway move to the proper lane well in advance If you miss your exit do not under any circumstances stop and back up Drive on to the next exit The exit ramp can be curved sometimes quite sharply The exit speed is usually posted Reduce your speed according to your speedometer not to your sense of motion After driving for any distance at higher speeds you may tend to think you are going slower than you actually are Before Leaving on a Long Trip Make sure you are ready Try to be well rested If you must start when you are not fresh such as after a day s work do not plan to make too many miles that first part of the journey Wear comfortable clothing and shoes you can easily drive in Is your vehicle ready for a long trip If you keep it serviced and maintained it is ready to go If it needs service have it done before starting out Of course you will find experienced and able service experts at Saturn retailers all across the United States and Canada They will be ready and willing to help if you need it 253 Here are some things you can check before a trip 254 Windshield Washer Fluid s the reservoir full Are all windows clean inside and outside Wiper Blad
294. r slightly This uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps the battery charged 260 You will need a well charged battery to restart the vehicle and possibly for signaling later on with your headlamps Let the heater run for a while Then shut the engine off and close the window almost all the way to preserve the heat Start the engine again and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold But do it as little as possible Preserve the fuel as long as you can To help keep warm you can get out of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises every half hour or so until help comes If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow In order to free your vehicle when it is stuck you will need to spin the wheels but you do not want to spin your wheels too fast The method known as rocking can help you get out when you are stuck but you must use caution A CAUTION If you let your vehicle s tires spin at high speed they can explode and you or others could be injured And the transaxle or other parts of the vehicle can overheat That could cause an engine compartment fire or other damage When you are stuck spin the wheels as little as possible Do not spin the wheels above 35 mph 55 km h as shown on the speedometer Notice Spinning the wheels can destroy parts of your vehicle as well as the tires If you spin the wheels too fast while shifting the transaxle back and forth
295. r the off symbol is lit on the airbag status indicator it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag See Passenger Sensing System on page 86 for more on this including important safety information If after several seconds all status indicator lights remain on or if there are no lights at all there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system See your retailer for service A CAUTION If the off indicator and the airbag readiness light ever come on together it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger seat may not have the protection of the frontal airbag See Airbag Readiness Light on page 165 168 Battery Warning Light The battery warning light will come on briefly as a check when you turn on the ignition Then it should go out when the engine is started If the light does not come on when you start your vehicle have your vehicle serviced right away This condition may indicate your battery warning light is not functioning properly If the battery warning light comes on while you are driving this indicates that there is a problem with the battery or the charging system of the vehicle If the light remains on be sure to turn off accessories such as the radio and climate control system Have
296. re are four things that some owners ask about None of these mean a condition exists with your fuel gage e At the service station the fuel pump shuts off before the gage reads full It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gage indicated For example the gage may have indicated the tank was half full but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank s capacity to fill the tank The gage moves a little when you turn a corner or speed up The gage takes a few seconds to stabilize after the ignition is turned on and will go back to empty when you turn the ignition off For your fuel tank capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 387 Low Fuel Warning Light The light next to the fuel gage will come on briefly when you are starting the engine This light also comes on when the fuel tank is low on fuel When you add fuel the light should go off If it doesn t have your vehicle serviced Auto Stop Mode K AUTO AUTO STOP United States Canada This mark on the tachometer signifies that the engine is in Auto Stop mode which is a fuel saving operation When the vehicle is keyed off when parking the vehicle the tachometer needle will drop to OFF United States or 0 Canada If the driver s door is opened while in Auto Stop a chime will sound to indicate the engine will restart if you remove your foot from the brake pedal 181 Charge Assist Gage The CHARGE ASSIST
297. re are significant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to your GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs by using aftermarket collision parts Some insurance companies will not specify aftermarket collision parts When purchasing insurance we recommend that you assure your vehicle will be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance carrier consider switching to another insurance carrier If your vehicle is leased the leasing company may require you to have insurance that assures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer OEM parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts Read your lease carefully as you may be charged at the end of your lease for poor quality repairs 419 If an Accident Occurs e If your vehicle cannot be driven know where the towing service will be taking it Get a card from the tow truck operator or write down the drivers name the service s name and the phone number Here is what to do if you are involved in an accident e Try to relax and then check to make sure you are all right If you are uninjured make sure that no one else in your vehicle or the other vehicle is injured If there has been an injury call 911 for help Do not leave the scene of an accident until all matters have been
298. repair or replacement make sure the body repair shop applies anti corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the warranty Finish Damage Any stone chips fractures or deep scratches in the finish should be repaired right away Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop into major repair expense Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch up materials available from your Saturn retailer Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your Saturn retailer s body and paint shop Underbody Maintenance Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on the underbody If these are not removed corrosion and rust can develop on the underbody parts such as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection At least every spring flush these materials from the underbody with plain water Clean any areas where mud and debris can collect Dirt packed in close areas of the frame should be loosened before being flushed Your Saturn retailer or an underbody car washing system can do this for you Chemical Paint Spotting Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on your vehicle This damage can take two forms blotchy ring shaped
299. rformance from the XM system if the sunroof is open Loading items onto the roof of your vehicle can interfere with the performance of the XM system Make sure the XM Satellite Radio antenna is not obstructed 229 4 NOTES 230 Section 4 Your Driving the Road and Your VERISIGN AES 232 Driver Behavior ccceccceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 232 Driving Environment eeen 232 Vehicle Design ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 232 Defensive Driving esssssrressrrrrssrrrrensrrne 233 Drunken Driving ao nn dale 234 Control of a Vehicle a so 237 Braking scnticcksseetanternssareentankewiaasetitensians 237 Anti Lock Brake System ABS 008 238 Braking in Emergencies scce 240 Traction Control System TCS 240 StCCriNg oo cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaneteeeeeeeeees 241 Off Road Recovery eeeeeeeeeeteteeeeeeeeeeeeeee 244 PASSING eeoa AE 244 LOSS Of COMTO ssssectacscrdanteeieectecandimeaeeeeeans 246 Driving at Night 0 aner 247 Driving Your Vehicle Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads 248 City DIVING zsssesicsicsivhtieduaxaiiivecehsecediaa sete een 251 Freeway Driving cccceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 252 Before Leaving on a Long Trip 253 Highway Hypnosis 254 Hill and Mountain Roads ian 255 Winter Driving oaser 257 lf Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud lc OF SNOW area arena Eee 261 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out
300. rinking Please do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking Ride home in a cab or if you are with a group designate a driver who will not drink Control of a Vehicle You have three systems that make your vehicle go where you want it to go They are the brakes the steering and the accelerator All three systems have to do their work at the places where the tires meet the road Sometimes as when you are driving on snow or ice it is easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires and road can provide That means you can lose control of your vehicle See Traction Control System TCS on page 240 Adding non Saturn accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 287 Braking See Brake System Warning Light on page 169 Braking action involves perception time and reaction time First you have to decide to push on the brake pedal That is perception time Then you have to bring up your foot and do it That is reaction time Average reaction time is about three fourths of a second But that is only an average It might be less with one driver and as long as two or three seconds or more with another Age physical condition alertness coordination and eyesight all play a part So do alcohol drugs and frustration But even in three fourths of a second a vehicle moving at 60 mph 100 km h travels 66 feet 20 m That could be a lot of di
301. rn the control to this position to put the headlamps in automatic mode AUTO mode will turn the exterior lamps on and off depending upon how much light is available outside of the vehicle 300 Parking Lamps Turn the control to this position to turn on the parking lamps together with the following e Sidemarker Lamps e Taillamps e License Plate Lamps e Instrument Panel Lights 2D D Headlamps Turning the control to this position turns on the headlamps together with the previously listed lamps and lights Lamps On Reminder If you open the driver s door with the ignition off and the lamps on you will hear a warning chime 151 Daytime Running Lamps DRL Daytime Running Lamps DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions but they can be especially helpful in the short periods after dawn and before sunset Fully functional daytime running lamps are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada The DRL system will make your low beam headlamps come on at a reduced brightness in daylight when the following conditions are met e The ignition is on e the exterior lamp band is in AUTO e the transaxle is not in PARK P e the light sensor determines it is daytime and e the parking brake is released 152 When the DRL are on the low beam headlamps will be on at a reduced brightness The taillamps sidemarker and oth
302. rning signal A traffic light is there because the corner is busy enough to need it When a light turns green and just before you start to move check both ways for vehicles that have not cleared the intersection or may be running the red light 251 Freeway Driving Mile for mile freeways also called thruways parkways expressways turnpikes or superhighways are the safest of all roads But they have their own special rules 252 The most important advice on freeway driving is Keep up with traffic and keep to the right Drive at the same speed most of the other drivers are driving Too fast or too slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow Treat the left lane on a freeway as a passing lane At the entrance there is usually a ramp that leads to the freeway If you have a clear view of the freeway as you drive along the entrance ramp you should begin to check traffic Try to determine where you expect to blend with the flow Try to merge into the gap at close to the prevailing speed Switch on your turn signal check your mirrors and glance over your shoulder as often as necessary Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow Once you are on the freeway adjust your speed to the posted limit or to the prevailing rate if it is slower Stay in the right lane unless you want to pass Before changing lanes check your mirrors Then use your turn signal Just before you leave the lane glance quickly over you
303. roper operating range Push the dipstick all the way back in when you are through What Kind of Engine Oil to Use RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS HOT WEATHER FIT c LOOK FOR THIS SYMBOL A ror AND GM 4GASOLINEE STANDARD 3QENGINES SS GM6094M D DO NOT USE SAE 10W 40 SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER VISCOSITY GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED COLD WEATHER Look for two things e GM6094M Your vehicle s engine requires oil meeting GM Standard GM6094M Look for and use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM6094M e SAE 5W 30 As shown in the viscosity chart SAE 5W 30 is best for your vehicle These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 Oils meeting these requirements should also have the starburst symbol on the container This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API Look for this information on the oil container and use only those oils that are identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and have the starburst symbol on the front of the oil container Notice Use only engine oil identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and showing the American Petroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines starburst symbol Failure to use the recommended oil can result in engine damage not covered by your warranty GM Goodwrench oil meets all the requirements for your vehicle 299
304. rre 177 Audio System s e 184 Securty Light iea iisa eaan aN cant 177 Setting the Time Without Date Display 186 Reduced Engine Power Light 178 Setting the Time With Date Display 186 Highbeam On Light eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 178 Radio with CD Base eec 188 Daytime Running Lamps DRL Radio with CD MP8 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 195 Indicator Light 122 tank ER BREDE KE RER 179 Radio with CD and DVD ecce 205 Gate Ajar Light 32225 El enedes 179 Using an MPS orne eden 205 FUGl Gage arnee s na a 180 XM Radio Messages 212 Low Fuel Warning Light 0 a 181 Rear Seat Entertainment System 214 Auto Stop Mode ceceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 181 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 227 Charge Assist Gage aeee 182 Radio Reception eeceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeees 228 Fuel Economy Light a e 183 Care of Your CDs and DVDs 00 229 Hill Start Assist Light eres 183 Care of the CD and DVD Player 229 Hood Ajar Light co ERR er 184 Fixed Mast Antenna aesir 229 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 229 140 NOTES 141 Instrument Panel Overview The main components of the instrument panel are the following A B Air Outlets See Climate Control System on page 156 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever See Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 145 Cruise Con
305. rvice See footnote h Fasse TT O normal service ozer T Control Service Engine cooling system service or every five years whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service See footnote i Inspect engine accessory drive belt An Emission Control Service See footnote m 395 Maintenance Footnotes a Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition Inspect drum brake linings shoes for wear or cracks Inspect other brake parts including drums wheel cylinders calipers parking brake etc b Visually inspect front and rear suspension and steering system for damaged loose or missing parts or signs of wear c Visually inspect hoses and have them replaced if they are cracked swollen or deteriorated Inspect all pipes fittings and clamps replace with genuine Saturn parts as needed To help ensure proper operation a pressure test of the cooling system and pressure cap and cleaning the outside of the radiator and air conditioning condenser is recommended at least once a year d Visually inspect wiper blades for wear or cracking Replace wiper blades that appear worn or damaged or that streak or miss areas of the windshield 396 e Make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any
306. ry When it is time for a new standard 12 volt battery get one that has the replacement number shown on the original battery s label We recommend an ACDelco replacement battery 321 36 Volt Battery System If you need a new 36 volt hybrid battery system see your retailer Vehicle Storage If you are not going to drive your vehicle for 30 days or more you should disconnect the standard 12 volt battery by disconnecting the negative battery cable the one that is exposed Remember to reconnect the battery when you are ready to drive your vehicle Notice The 36 volt hybrid battery system should be serviced only by a qualified facility to avoid battery system damage See your retailer if service is needed Notice If the vehicle is not driven for over two months the 36 volt hybrid battery can be permanently damaged The 36 volt battery is located behind the rear seat under the cargo floor If the vehicle is stored for an extended period of time drive the vehicle every two months for about half an hour to keep the 36 volt hybrid battery charged and in good working condition 322 Jump Starting Your hybrid vehicle has a standard 12 volt battery in the engine compartment and a 36 volt battery under the rear load floor A CAUTION Personal injury or damage to the vehicle can result if you try jump starting or using a battery charger on the 36 volt battery Use only the 12 volt battery for jump starting and ch
307. s included for one year from the date of purchase You can extend this plan beyond the first year or upgrade to the Directions amp Connections Plan For more information press the OnStar button to speak with an advisor Some OnStar services such as Remote Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance may not be available until you register with OnStar 131 Available Services with Safe amp Sound Plan e Automatic Notification of Airbag Deployment e Advanced Automatic Crash Notification AACN If equipped e Link to Emergency Services e Roadside Assistance e Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance e AccidentAssist e Remote Door Unlock Vehicle Alert e OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics e GM Goodwrench On Demand Diagnostics e OnStar Hands Free Calling with 30 complimentary minutes e OnStar Virtual Advisor U S Only Available Services included with Directions amp Connections Plan e All Safe and Sound Plan Services e Driving Directions Advisor delivered or OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation If equipped e RideAssist e Information and Convenience Services 132 OnStar Hands Free Calling OnStar Hands Free Calling allows eligible OnStar subscribers to make and receive calls using voice commands Hands Free Calling is fully integrated into the vehicle and can be used with OnStar Pre Paid Minute Packages Hands Free Calling may also be linked to a Verizon Wireless service plan in the U S or a B
308. s the size of the original equipment tires C and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures D For more information on tires and inflation see Tires on page 339 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 345 There is also important loading information on the vehicle Certification Tire label It tells you the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for the front and rear axle See Certification Tire Label later in this section Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 265 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this m
309. s measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Warning The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The tires and wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and b
310. s moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving To recline the seatback on the driver s seat To recline the seatback on the front passenger s lift the lever on the rear outboard side of the seat seat lift the lever located on the outboard side and move the seatback to the desired position of the seat up fully to disengage the seatback Then release the lever to lock the seatback Then move the seatback to the desired position in place Release the lever to lock the seatback in place 13 A CAUTION Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle is in motion can be dangerous Even if you buckle up your safety beltscannot do their job when you are reclined like this The shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be against your body Instead it will be in front of you In a crash you could go into it receiving neck or other injuries CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued The lap belt cannot do its job either Ina crash the belt could go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at your pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion have the seatback upright Then sit well back in the seat and wear your Safety belt properly Do not have a seatback reclined if your vehicle
311. s on when the recirculate mode is selected This mode can be used to prevent outside air and odors from entering your vehicle or to help heat or cool the air inside your vehicle more quickly Avoid using the recirculate mode during high periods of humidity or cool outside temperatures since this may result in increased window fogging If window fogging is experienced select the defrost mode Recirculation mode is not available in floor defog or defrost modes and will shut off automatically and change to outside air until a mode other than floor defog or defrost is selected This helps prevent window fogging and moisture building up within the cabin 157 3 Air Conditioning Press this button to change the air conditioning mode between economy normal and off When this button is pressed the indicator light will change with each mode The green indicator light comes on when economy mode is selected The yellow indicator light comes on when normal mode is selected Turning the air conditioning on may force the engine into the start stop mode See Air Conditioning and Engine Start Stop later in this section Air conditioning can be selected in any mode as long as the fan is on On hot days activate the air conditioning system select maximum fan speed and the coldest temperature setting Open the windows long enough to let the hot inside air escape then close them This helps reduce the time it takes for the vehicle to
312. s upper body stopping the occupant more gradually But the frontal airbags would not help you in many types of collisions including rollovers rear impacts and many side impacts primarily because an occupant s motion is not toward the airbag Roof mounted rollover airbags would not help you in many types of collisions including many frontal or near frontal collisions and rear impacts Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts and then only in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions for the driver s and right front passenger s frontal airbags and only in moderate to severe side collisions or rollovers for vehicles with roof mounted rollover airbags 83 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates After the airbag inflates it quickly deflates so quickly that some people may not even realize the airbag inflated Some components of the airbag module may be hot for a short time These components include the steering wheel hub for the driver s frontal airbag and the instrument panel for the right front passenger s frontal airbag For vehicles with side impact airbags the ceiling of your vehicle near the side windows may be hot The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm but not too hot to touch There may be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing or being a
313. s wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Secure any unused safety belts behind the child restraint so children cannot reach them Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock if your vehicle has one after the child restraint has been installed Be sure to follow the instructions of the child restraint manufacturer Notice Contact between the child restraint or the LATCH attachment parts and the vehicle s safety belt assembly may cause damage to these parts Make sure when securing unused safety belts behind the child restraint that there is no contact between the child restraint or the LATCH attachment parts and the vehicle s safety belt assembly 62 Folding an empty rear seat with the safety belts secured may cause damage to the safety belt or the seat When removing the child restraint always remember to return the safety belts to their normal stowed position before folding the rear seat 1 Attach and tighten the lower attachments to the lower anchors If the child restraint does not have lower attachments or the desired seating position does not have lower anchors secure the child restraint with the top tether and the safety belts Refer to your child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual 1 1 Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position 1 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 1 3 Attach and tighten the l
314. service that is based in the 48 contiguous United States and Canada XM offers a large variety of coast to coast channels including music news sports talk traffic weather U S subscribers and children s programming XM provides digital quality audio and text information that includes song title and artist name A service fee is required in order to receive the XM service For more information contact XM In the U S at www xmradio com or call 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 or in Canada at www xmradio ca or call 1 877 GET XMSR 438 9677 195 Playing the Radio cb Power Volume Press this knob to turn the system on and off Turn this knob clockwise to increase or counterclockwise to decrease the volume Finding a Station BAND Press this button to switch between AM FM or XM if equipped The display shows the selection J Tune Turn this knob to select radio stations K SEEK Press the right or left SEEK arrow to go to the next or to the previous station and stay there 196 To scan stations press and hold either SEEK arrow for a few seconds until a beep sounds The radio goes to a station plays for a few seconds then goes to the next station Press either SEEK arrow again to stop scanning The radio only seeks and scans stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band i Information XM Satellite Radio Service MP3 and RDS Features Press the information button to display
315. service to you at any particular time or place Some examples are damage to important parts of your vehicle in an accident hills tall buildings tunnels weather or wireless phone network congestion Your Responsibility You may need to increase the volume of your radio to hear the OnStar advisor If the light next to the OnStar buttons is red this means that your system is not functioning properly and should be checked by a dealer If the light appears clear no light is appearing your OnStar subscription has expired You can always press the OnStar button to confirm that your OnStar equipment is active 134 Storage Areas Glove Box To open the glove box pull the lever to the left Cupholder s Your vehicle has a removable cupholder liner and cupholder located inside the center console storage area To access pull the cover towards the rear of the vehicle To remove the liner pull it out of the cupholder To replace push the liner back in To remove the cupholder push the tab in near the passenger s seat and pull straight up To replace slide the two tabs at the rear of the cupholder into the slots at the rear of the center console and push the cupholder gently into place There is additional storage underneath the cupholders There are two more cupholders located at rear of the center console Push the button to access Floor Console Storage Area Your vehicle may have a floor console storage
316. shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say 1 Put the child restraint on the seat 2 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 3 Buckle the belt Make sure the release button 4 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle out of the retractor to set the lock the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 65 6 If your child restraint manufacturer recommends using a top tether attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor Refer to the instructions that came with the child restraint and to Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 58 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure To remove the child restraint if the top tether is attached to the top tether anchor disconnect it Unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way The safety belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or 5 To tighten the belt push down on the child larger child passenger restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the
317. shoulder belt height adjuster to the height that is right for you Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash See Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment on page 35 6 To make the lap part tight pull up on the shoulder belt It may be necessary to pull stitching on the safety belt through the latch plate to fully tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants 27 28 Q N i Ws Hy lt 4 ip M Dr ANNS WY H Cs The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones And you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force at your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces The safety belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit against your body 4 1 Ms OS LONE A The shoulder belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much protection this way 29 Q What
318. slightly faster It may feel like the brake pedal is being pressed even when it is not 121 Shifting Into Park P A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground use the steps that follow If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 274 1 Hold the brake pedal down and set the parking brake 2 Move the shift lever into PARK P by holding the button on the shift lever and pushing the lever all the way toward the front of the vehicle 3 Turn the ignition key to LOCK 4 Remove the key and take it with you If you can leave your vehicle with the ignition key in your hand your vehicle is in PARK P 122 Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running A CAUTION It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with the engine running Your vehicle could move suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set And if you leave the vehicle with the engine running it could overheat and even catch fire You or others could be injured Do not leave your vehicle with the engine running If you have to leave your vehicle with the engine running be sure your vehicle is in PARK P
319. slower If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a curve do it before you enter the curve while your front wheels are straight ahead Try to adjust your speed so you can drive through the curve Maintain a reasonable steady speed Wait to accelerate until you are out of the curve and then accelerate gently into the straightaway Adding non Saturn accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 287 Steering in Emergencies There are times when steering can be more effective than braking For example you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you You can avoid these problems by braking if you can stop in time But sometimes you cannot there is not room That is the time for evasive action steering around the problem Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like these First apply your brakes See Braking on page 237 It is better to remove as much speed as you can from a possible collision Then steer around the problem to the left or right depending on the space available An emergency like this requires close attention and a quick decision If you are holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o clock positions you can turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand But
320. sor off to get an accurate pressure reading Notice If the recommended pressure cannot be reached after 15 minutes the vehicle should not be driven farther Damage to the tire is severe and the sealant will not be effective Remove the air compressor plug from the accessory power outlet and unscrew the inflating hose from the tire valve See Roadside Assistance Program on page 413 for more information 10 11 12 13 14 Push the inflator kit switch to the O off position once the correct tire pressure is obtained Turn off the engine Unplug the air compressor accessory plug from the accessory power outlet in the vehicle Disconnect the sealant filling hose from the tire valve stem by turning it counterclockwise and replace the tire valve stem cap Be careful when handling the tire inflator components as they could be hot after usage Wrap the sealant filling hose around the air compressor channel to stow it in its original location 15 17 Stow the air compressor accessory plug back in the air compressor To do this wrap the air compressor accessory plug snap in the plug and then push in the bottom and then the top of the wrapped air compressor accessory plug 16 If the flat tire was able to inflate to the recommended 90 km h inflation pressure remove the MAX maximum speed 55 mph label from the sealant canister The maximum speed label reminds you to drive cautiously and not to ex
321. spend the day in bright sunshine you are wise to wear sunglasses Your eyes will have less trouble adjusting to night But if you are driving do not wear sunglasses at night They may cut down on glare from headlamps but they also make a lot of things invisible 247 You can be temporarily blinded by approaching headlamps It can take a second or two or even several seconds for your eyes to re adjust to the dark When you are faced with severe glare as from a driver who does not lower the high beams or a vehicle with misaimed headlamps slow down a little Avoid staring directly into the approaching headlamps Keep the windshield and all the glass on your vehicle clean inside and out Glare at night is made much worse by dirt on the glass Even the inside of the glass can build up a film caused by dust Dirty glass makes lights dazzle and flash more than clean glass would making the pupils of your eyes contract repeatedly Remember that the headlamps light up far less of a roadway when you are in a turn or curve Keep your eyes moving that way it is easier to pick out dimly lighted objects Just as the headlamps should be checked regularly for proper aim so should your eyes be examined regularly Some drivers suffer from night blindness the inability to see in dim light and are not even aware of it 248 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads MA i i Rain and wet roads can mean driving trouble On
322. ssary use non abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging weather and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period of years You can help to keep the paint finish looking new by keeping your vehicle in a garage or covered whenever possible Windshield and Wiper Blades If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if the wiper blade chatters when running wax sap or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a glass cleaning liquid or powder and water solution The windshield is clean if beads do not form when it is rinsed with water Grime from the windshield will stick to the wiper blades and affect their performance Clean the blade by wiping vigorously with a cloth soaked in full strength windshield washer solvent Then rinse the blade with water Check the wiper blades and clean them as necessary replace blades that look worn 375 Aluminum Wheels Notice If you use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes cleaners brushes or cleaners that contain acid on aluminum or chrome plated wheels you could damage the surface of the wheel s The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use only Saturn approved cleaners on aluminum or chrome plated wheels Keep the wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with mild soap and water Rinse wit
323. ssive theft deterrent system Passlock enables fuel if the ignition lock cylinder is turned with a valid key If a correct key is not used or the ignition lock cylinder is tampered with fuel is disabled During normal operation the security light will go off approximately five seconds after the key is turned to RUN following an engine start If the engine stalls and the security light flashes wait until the light stops flashing before trying to restart the engine Remember to release the key from START as soon as the engine starts If the engine is running and the security light comes on you will be able to restart the engine if you turn the engine off However your Passlock system is not working properly and must be serviced by your retailer Your vehicle is not protected by Passlock at this time You may also want to check the fuses see Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 380 See your retailer for service Also see Roadside Assistance Program on page 413 for more information Starting and Operating Your Vehicle New Vehicle Break In Notice Your vehicle does not need an elaborate break in But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines e Do not drive at any one constant speed fast or slow for the first 500 miles 805 km Do not make full throttle starts Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle e Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles 322 km or so During this
324. stance in an emergency so keeping enough space between your vehicle and others is important And of course actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface of the road whether it is pavement or gravel the condition of the road whether it is wet dry or icy tire tread the condition of the brakes the weight of the vehicle and the amount of brake force applied 237 Avoid needless heavy braking Some people drive in spurts heavy acceleration followed by heavy braking rather than keeping pace with traffic This is a mistake The brakes may not have time to cool between hard stops The brakes will wear out much faster if you do a lot of heavy braking If you keep pace with the traffic and allow realistic following distances you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking That means better braking and longer brake life If your vehicle s engine ever stops while you are driving brake normally but do not pump the brakes If you do the pedal may get harder to push down If the engine stops you will still have some power brake assist But you will use it when you brake Once the power assist is used up it may take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push Adding non Saturn accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 287 238 Anti Lock Brake System ABS Your vehicle has the Anti Lock Brake System ABS an advanced electronic braking
325. sure to have the right wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for your vehicle 354 Notice The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life brake cooling speedometer or odometer calibration headlamp aim bumper height vehicle ground clearance and tire clearance to the body and chassis A CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after a time The wheel could come off and cause a crash When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if you need to to get all the rust or dirt off A CAUTION Never use oil or grease on studs or the threads of the wheel nuts If you do the wheel nuts might come loose and the wheel could fall off causing a crash A CAUTION Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose and even come off This could lead to a crash Be sure to use the correct wheel nuts If you have to replace them be sure to get new Saturn original equipment wheel nuts Notice Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage To avoid expensive brake repairs evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification Used Replacement Wheels A CAUTION P
326. system that will help prevent a braking skid When you start the engine and begin to drive away ABS will check itself You may hear a momentary motor or clicking noise while this test is going on and you may even notice that the brake pedal moves a little This is normal If there is a problem with ABS this warning light will stay on See Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light on page 170 Let us say the road is wet and you are driving safely Suddenly an animal jumps out in front of you You slam on the brakes and continue braking Here is what happens with ABS A computer senses that wheels are slowing down If one of the wheels is about to stop rolling the computer will separately work the brakes at each wheel ABS can change the brake pressure faster than any driver could The computer is programmed to make the most of available tire and road conditions This can help you steer around the obstacle while braking hard As you brake the computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly 239 Remember ABS does not change the time you need to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you you will not have time to apply the brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops Always leave enough room up ahead to stop even though you have ABS Using ABS Do not pump the brakes Just hold the bra
327. t Please follow this manual s advice Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous So please get to know your warning lights and gages They are a big help 161 Instrument Panel Cluster The instrument panel cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle is running You will know how fast you are going about how much fuel you have and many other things you will need to know to drive safely and economically United States cluster Canada similar 162 Speedometer and Odometer The speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles per hour mph and kilometers per hour km h The odometer shows how far your vehicle has been driven in either miles or kilometers Your vehicle has a tamper resistant odometer If your vehicle needs a new odometer installed the new one will be set to the mileage total of the old odometer If this not possible it will be set at zero and a label must be put on the drivers door to show the old mileage reading when the new odometer was installed If the mileage is unknown the label should then indicate previous mileage unknown Trip Odometer Your trip odometer is located on the instrument panel and shows how far your vehicle has been driven since the trip odometer was last reset To reset the trip odometer to zero press and hold the trip reset button on the speedometer for about two seconds Press the trip reset but
328. t available The system is working properly No Title Info Song Program Title No song title information is available at this time on this not available channel The system is working properly 212 Radio Display Message Action Required No CAT Info Category Name No category information is available at this time on this not available channel The system is working properly No Information No Text Informational No text or informational messages are available at this time message available on this channel The system is working properly CAT Not Found No channel available for There are no channels available for the selected category the chosen category The system is working properly XM TheftLocked Theftlock active The XM receiver in the vehicle could have previously been in another vehicle For security purposes XM receivers cannot be swapped between vehicles If this message appears after having your vehicle serviced check with your retailer XM Radio ID Radio ID label If tuned to channel 0 this message alternates with the channel 0 XM Radio eight digit radio ID label This label is needed to activate the service Unknown Radio ID not known If this message is received when tuned to channel 0 should only be if there could be a receiver fault Consult with your retailer hardware failure Check XM Receivr Hardware failure If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver could have a fault Consult wit
329. t be working properly if the brake system warning light is on Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to an accident If the light is still on after you have pulled off the road and stopped carefully have the vehicle towed for service 169 Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light The Anti Lock Brake System ABS warning light will come on briefly as a check when you start your vehicle If it does not have your vehicle serviced so that the light works properly when it needs to If the light stays on after you start your engine or comes on and stays on while you are driving try resetting the system To reset the system do the following 1 If you are driving pull over when it is safe to do so 2 Be sure the vehicle is in PARK P 3 Turn off the ignition 4 Then restart the engine 170 If the light remains on after resetting the system or comes on again while driving your vehicle needs service If the ABS light is on but the regular brake system warning light is not on the anti lock brakes are not working properly but the regular brakes are still functioning Have your vehicle serviced right away If both brake lights are on you do not have anti lock brakes and there is a problem with your regular brakes as well Have your vehicle towed for service See Towing Your Vehicle on page 270 The ABS warning light should come on briefly when you turn the ignition key to RUN If the li
330. t exceed 36 psi 248 kPa with the climate control system off can cause deadly carbon monoxide CO See Engine Exhaust on page 125 compressor hose by looking at the air pressure gage If there is not a pressure reading while the compressor is running the connection between the inflator kit and the tire is bad 6 Start the vehicle See Starting the Engine Automatic Engine Start Stop on page 113 for more information The vehicle must be running while using the air compressor Check the attachment between the air compressor hose and the tire valve stem 367 9 Inflate the tire up to the recommended inflation pressure using the air pressure gage on the top of the unit 10 Turn off the air compressor by moving the switch to the O off position A CAUTION Storing the tire inflator kit or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store the tire inflator kit in the proper place 11 Disconnect the compressor inflator hose and wrap the hose in the bottom of the inflator kit 12 Place the equipment in the original location in the trunk of your vehicle 368 Removal and Installation of the Sealant Canister To remove the sealant canister do the following 1 Unlock the air compressor inflator hose from the sealant canister by pulling the lever up 2 Disconnect the air compressor inflator
331. t for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine 314 1 You can remove the coolant surge tank pressure cap when the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose is no longer hot Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise about one quarter of a turn If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop This will allow any pressure still left to be vented out the discharge hose 2 Then keep turning the pressure cap slowly and remove it I Ji SAT FALETE C g i 3 Fill the coolant surge tank with the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture to the COLD FILL line 315 By this time the coolant level inside the coolant surge tank may be lower If the level is lower add more of the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture to the coolant surge tank until the level reaches the COLD FILL line 5 Then replace the pressure cap Be sure the pressure cap is hand tight Check the level in the surge tank when the cooling system has cooled down If the coolant is not at the proper level repeat Steps 1 through 3 and rei
332. t may also come on when the ignition is on but the engine is not running the light will come on as a test to show you it is working but the light will go out when you turn the ignition to START If it does not come on with the ignition on you may have a problem with the fuse or bulb Have it fixed right away 176 A CAUTION Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low If you do your engine can become so hot that it catches fire You or others could be burned Check your oil as soon as possible and have your vehicle serviced Notice Lack of proper engine oil maintenance may damage the engine The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always follow the maintenance schedule in this manual for changing engine oil Change Engine Oil Light If this light comes on it means that service is required for your vehicle Fo See Scheduled Maintenance on page 392 and Engine Oil on page 297 for more information After having the oil changed you will need to reset the light See Engine Oil Life System on page 300 for more information Security Light Your vehicle has a Passlock theft deterrent system With this system the security light will flash as you open the door if your ignition is off This light will come on briefly when the vehicle is turned on For more information see Passlock on page 110 177 Reduced Engine Power Light This light will come on briefly when you start the eng
333. t tire in good condition will be covered at no charge The customer is responsible for the repair or replacement of the tire if not covered by a warrantable failure Jump Start No start occurrences which require a battery jump start will be covered at no charge Additional Services for Canadian and C alternate ground transportation Customers maximum of 40 day This benefit is to assist Trip Routing Service Upon request you with some of the unplanned expense you Roadside Assistance will send you detailed computer personalized maps highlighting your choice of either the most direct route or the most scenic route to your destination anywhere in North America along with any helpful travel information we may have pertaining to your trip To request this service call us toll free at 1 800 268 6800 We will make every attempt to send your personalized trip routing as quickly as possible but it is best to allow three weeks before your planned departure date Trip routing requests will be limited to six per calendar year Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance In the event of a warranty related vehicle disablement while en route and over 250 kilometres from original point of departure you may qualify for trip interruption expense assistance This assistance covers reasonable reimbursement of up to a maximum of 500 Canadian for A meals maximum of 50 day B lodging maximum of 100 night may incur
334. taken care of Move your vehicle only if its position puts you in danger or you are instructed to move it by a police officer Give only the necessary and requested information to police and other parties involved in the accident Do not discuss your personal condition mental frame of mind or anything unrelated to the accident This will help guard against post accident legal action If you need roadside assistance call GM Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 413 for more information Remove any valuables from your vehicle before it is towed away Make sure this includes your insurance information and registration if you keep these items in your vehicle Gather the important information you will need from the other driver Things like name address phone number driver s license number vehicle license plate vehicle make model and model year Vehicle Identification Number VIN insurance company and policy number and a general description of the damage to the other vehicle If possible call your insurance company from the scene of the accident They will walk you through the information they will need If they ask for a police report phone or go to the police department headquarters the next day and you can get a copy of the report for a nominal fee In some states provinces with no fault insurance laws a report may not be necessary This is especially true if there are no injuries and
335. ted Pr If this happens you should pull over and see Engine Overheating on page 309 for more information Notice Driving with the engine coolant temperature warning light on could cause your vehicle to overheat See Engine Overheating on page 309 Your vehicle could be damaged and it might not be covered by your warranty Never drive with the engine coolant temperature warning light on This light will come on and flash when the temperature of the automatic transaxle fluid is too high If this happens you should pull over shift into PARK P and let the engine idle until the light goes out This light will also come on briefly when starting your vehicle If it does not have your vehicle serviced 172 Low Coolant Warning Light This light comes on briefly when you turn your ignition on If this light comes on and stays on the coolant level in your vehicle is low If the light is on along with an overheat warning you may have a serious overheating problem Notice Driving with the low coolant warning light on could cause your vehicle to overheat See Engine Overheating under Engine Coolant on page 306 Your vehicle could be damaged and the damages might not be covered by your warranty See Engine Coolant on page 306 for information on what to do Your vehicle should be serviced as soon as possible Malfunction Indicator Lamp Check Engine Light Your vehicle has a computer which monitors operation of the
336. teering acceleration or braking including reducing vehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide You may not realize the surface is slippery until your vehicle is skidding Learn to recognize warning clues such as enough water ice or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface and slow down when you have any doubt Remember Any Anti Lock Brake System ABS helps avoid only the braking skid Driving at Night Night driving is more dangerous than day driving One reason is that some drivers are likely to be impaired by alcohol or drugs with night vision problems or by fatigue Here are some tips on night driving e Drive defensively e Do not drink and drive e Adjust the inside rearview mirror to reduce the glare from headlamps behind you e Since you cannot see as well you may need to slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles e Slow down especially on higher speed roads Your vehicle s headlamps can light up only so much road ahead e n remote areas watch for animals e f you are tired pull off the road in a safe place and rest No one can see as well at night as in the daytime But as we get older these differences increase A 50 year old driver may require at least twice as much light to see the same thing at night as a 20 year old What you do in the daytime can also affect your night vision For example if you
337. ter do the following 1 Unscrew the clamp on the air duct hose 2 Disconnect the hose 3 Release the clamps on the side of the air cleaner assembly 4 Turn the cover upward to disengage the cover hinges 303 6 Inspect or replace the air filter element If the air filter element is dirty you should replace it If it is only dusty it may be cleaned by blowing compressed air through it from the clean side Make sure you are away from the engine compartment when cleaning the air filter with compressed air Wipe all dust from inside of the housing and inspect the air cleaner and air outlet duct for cracks cuts and deterioration The air outlet duct must be replaced if damaged i 7 Reverse Steps 1 through 5 to reinstall the 5 Remove the air cleaner cover assembly and engine air cleaner filter cover and air air filter element duct hose 304 A CAUTION Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with it off and be careful working on the engine with the air cleaner filter off Notice If the air cleaner filter is off a backfire can cause a damaging engine fire And dirt can easily get into your engine which will damage it Always have the air cleaner filter in place when you are
338. th a marking pen If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section 209 A EJECT Press the CD eject button to eject CD R s To eject the CD R that is currently playing press and release this button A beep sounds and Ejecting Disc displays Once the disc is ejected Remove Disc displays The CD R can be removed If the CD R is not removed after several seconds the CD R automatically pulls back into the player and begins playing For the Six Disc CD player press and hold the eject button for two seconds to eject all discs J Tune Turn this knob to select MP3 files on the CD R currently playing K SEEK Press the left SEEK arrow to go to the start of the current MP3 file if more than ten seconds have played Press the right SEEK arrow to go to the next MP3 file If either SEEK arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player continues moving backward or forward through MP3 files on the CD lt Previous Folder Press the pushbutton positioned under the Folder label to go to the first track in the previous folder gt Next Folder Press the pushbutton positioned under the Folder label to go to the first track in the next folder 210 lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold this button to reverse playback quickly within an MP3 file Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the file The elapsed time of the file displays gt gt F
339. that way then very carefully make a few moderate brake stops about every 1 000 miles 1 600 km so your brakes will adjust properly Replacing Brake System Parts The braking system on a vehicle is complex Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking Your vehicle was designed and tested with top quality brake parts When you replace parts of your braking system for example when your brake linings wear down and you need new ones put in be sure you get new approved Saturn replacement parts If you do not your brakes may no longer work properly For example if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for your vehicle the balance between your front and rear brakes can change for the worse The braking performance you have come to expect can change in many other ways if someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts Battery A CAUTION Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode You can be badly hurt if you are not careful See Jump Starting on page 322 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt Warning Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Wash hands after handling Your vehicle has a standard 12 volt battery and a 36 volt hybrid battery system 12 Volt Batte
340. the following e To play the tracks from the CD in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Random Current Disc displays Press the pushbutton again to turn off random play e To play tracks from all CDs loaded in a six disc CD player in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Randomize All Discs displays Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD when listening to the radio The CD icon and track number displays when a CD is in the player Your radio system has an auxiliary input jack located on the lower right side of the faceplate An external audio device such as a portable audio player can be connected to the auxiliary input jack for use as another source for playing CDs Press the CD AUX button again and the system begins playing audio from the connected portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Input Device Found displays Playing an MP3 CD R or CD RW Disc Your vehicle s radio system may have the MP3 feature If it has this feature it is capable of playing an MP3 CD R or CD RW disc For more information on how to play an MP3 CD R or CD RW disc see Using an MP3 on page 205 later in this section CD Messages CHECK DISC If this messa
341. the remote control If the remote control does not seem to be working the batteries might need to be replaced See Battery Replacement later in this section Objects blocking the line of sight could also affect the function of the remote control The DVD player can only be turned on by pressing the DVD AUX button on the radio Notice Storing the remote control in a hot area or in direct sunlight can damage it and the repairs will not be covered by your warranty Keep the remote control stored in a cool dry place Remote Control Buttons cb Power Press this button to turn the RSE screen on and off also powers up the DVD player if a disc is loaded y Illumination Press this button to turn the remote control backlight on The backlight times out after seven to ten seconds if no other button is pressed while the backlight is on SJ Title Press this button to return the DVD to the main menu of the DVD 223 Main DVD Menu Press this button to access the DVD menu The DVD menu is different on every DVD Use the up down left and right arrow buttons to move the cursor around the DVD menu After making a selection press the enter button This button only operates when using a DVD A V lt gt Menu Navigation Arrows Use the arrow buttons to navigate through a menu 4 Enter Press this button to select the choices that are highlighted in any menu C Display Menu Press this button t
342. ther attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor Refer to the instructions that came with the child restraint and to Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 58 6 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure To remove the child restraint if the top tether is attached to the top tether anchor disconnect it Unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way The safety belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position Your vehicle has a right front passenger s airbag A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward facing child restraint See Where to Put the Restraint on page 56 In addition your vehicle has a passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag when an infant in a rear facing infant seat or a small child in a forward facing child restraint or booster seat is detected See Passenger Sensing System on page 86 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 166 for more information on this including important safety information 69 If your vehicle has a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint a label on your sun visor that says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child
343. tify Transport Canada in addition to notifying General Motors of Canada Limited You may call them at 1 800 333 0510 or write to Transport Canada Road Safety Branch 2780 Sheffield Road Ottawa Ontario K1B 3V9 Reporting Safety Defects to Saturn In addition to notifying NHTSA or Transport Canada in a situation like this we certainly hope you will notify us U S customers can call the Saturn Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 553 6000 or write Saturn Corporation 100 Saturn Parkway Mail Drop 371 999 S24 Spring Hill TN 37174 1500 In Canada please call us at 1 800 263 1999 Or write to Saturn Customer Communication Centre General Motors of Canada Limited CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Service Publications Ordering Information Service Manuals A variety of publications are available to you Saturn service manuals are written for trained technicians and in some cases specialized tools and equipment are necessary to complete certain repairs However the manuals are available to owners who either have the training or wish to gain a greater understanding of the technical aspect of their Saturn For additional publications information or to order publications in the United States call toll free 1 800 2 SATURN or visit www saturn publications com to order on line In Canada Saturn service manuals are available by calling toll free 1 800 551 4123 423 Owner Publications
344. time your new brake linings are not yet broken in Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement Follow this breaking in guideline every time you get new brake linings e Do not tow a trailer during break in See Towing a Trailer on page 274 for the trailer towing capabilities of your vehicle and more information Following break in engine speed and load can be gradually increased Ignition Positions With the key in the ignition switch you can turn it to four different positions A warning tone will sound if you open the driver s door when the key has not been removed from the ignition LOCK This position locks your steering column It is a theft deterrent feature You will only be able to remove your key when the ignition is turned to LOCK The ignition switch cannot be turned to LOCK unless the shift lever is in PARK P Notice Using a tool to force the key from the ignition switch could cause damage or break the key Use the correct key and turn the key only with your hand Make sure the key is all the way in If it is turn the steering wheel left and right while you turn the key hard If none of this works then your vehicle needs service 111 ACC Accessory This position operates some of your electrical accessories It unlocks the steering wheel and ignition RUN This is the position the switch returns to after you start your engine and release the switch T
345. tional Vehicle Towing Reduced Engine Power Light Regenerative Braking Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Remote Keyless Entry RKE System OG LALION acean rks eri Enaren avbeues Replacement Bulbs Reporting Safety Defects Canadian Government SI La PO N E E dentsnntenentedanrewereaaedes United States Government Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash Right Front Passenger Position Safety Belts Roadside Assistance Program Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 262 Routing Engine Drive Belt cee 403 Running the Engine While Parked 126 S Safety Belt Passenger Reminder Light neccen 164 Pretensioners u u u dsesesersseeseeen ene nen n enes 43 Reminder Light 52 res 164 Safety Belts Care OP sete asia aaiae arash deen aAa aA 373 Driver POSITION nale nike 26 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 26 Questions and Answers About Safety Belts ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 25 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides 40 Rear Seat Passengers i e 37 Right Front Passenger Position 36 Safety Belt Extender ceecee 43 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 36 Safety Belts Are for Everyone 0008 20 Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster 0 35 Safety Warnings and Symbols 0 4 Scheduled Maintenance ccceeeeees 392 Seatback
346. to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly Your vehicle has indicators to remind you and your passengers to buckle your safety belts See Safety Belt Reminder Light on page 164 and Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light on page 164 In most states and in all Canadian provinces the law says to wear safety belts Here is why They work You never know if you will be in a crash If you do have a crash you do not know if it will be a bad one A few crashes are mild and some crashes can be so serious that even buckled up a person would not survive But most crashes are in between In many of them people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away Without belts they could have been badly hurt or killed After more than 40 years of safety belts in vehicles the facts are clear In most crashes buckling up does matter a lot 21 Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything you go as fast as it goes Put someone on it Take the simplest vehicle Suppose it is just a seat on wheels 22 Get it up to speed Then stop the vehicle The person keeps going until stopped by The rider does not stop something In a real vehicle it could be the windshield 23 or the instrument panel 24 or the safety belts
347. to the left To move the trailer to the right move your hand to the right Always back up slowly and if possible have someone guide you Making Turns Notice Making very sharp turns while trailering could cause the trailer to come in contact with the vehicle Your vehicle could be damaged Avoid making very sharp turns while trailering When you re turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so your trailer won t strike soft shoulders curbs road signs trees or other objects Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers Signal well in advance Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer When you tow a trailer your vehicle may need a different turn signal flasher and or extra wiring See your retailer if you need information The arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change Properly hooked up the trailer lamps will also flash telling other drivers you re about to turn change lanes or stop When towing a trailer the arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out Thus you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signal when they are not It s important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working 281 Driving on Grades Notice Do not tow on steep continuous grades exceeding 6 miles 9 6 km Extended higher than normal engine and transaxle temperatures may result and damage your vehicle
348. ton to switch between the trip odometer and odometer The trip reset button can also be used to turn the fuel economy light off and on For more information see Fuel Economy Light on page 183 Tachometer The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute rpm U S shown Canada similar Your vehicle has auto stop and the indicator for this is on the tachometer For more information see Auto Stop Mode on page 181 163 Safety Belt Reminder Light When the key is turned to RUN or START a chime will be provided for several seconds to remind people to buckle their safety belts The driver safety belt light will also be provided and stay on for several seconds then it will flash for several more You should buckle your seat belt This chime and light will be repeated if the driver remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion LZ lf the driver s belt is buckled neither the chime nor the light will be provided 164 Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light Several seconds after the key is turned to RUN or START a chime will sound for several seconds to remind the front passenger to buckle their safety belt This would only occur if the passenger airbag is enabled See Passenger Sensing System on page 86 for more information The passenger safety belt light will also come on and stay on for several seconds then it will flash for several more This chime and light will be repeated i
349. tors 161 Warnings Hazard Warning Flashers aaae 144 Safety and Symbols ccscseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 Vehicle Damage scccseiscccsiesevieseeeeteeseencie avers 5 Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance 0 353 Different SIZE ssiri 351 Replacement cccceeceecceeeeeeeeenseeeeeeees 353 437 Where to Put the Restraint 56 Windows 5 rear i aA 107 POWER rn eee ektra eee 108 Windshield Washer oase hei n ES e 147 Washer Flid enna 317 Wiper Blade Replacement 5 338 Wiper Blades Cleaning 1 375 Wiper FUSES cee eeeeeeeteeeeeeeetereeeeeneeeeees 380 WIPCIS aeaeaei pian a EE 146 Windshield Rear Washer Wiper 148 Winter Driving sasise 257 438 XM Radio Messages eseserrrererrreserrrn 212 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 229 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle 232 Your Vehicle and the Environment 390
350. trol Buttons See Cruise Control on page 148 Horn See Horn on page 144 Instrument Panel Cluster See nstrument Panel Cluster on page 162 Audio Steering Wheel Controls See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 227 Windshield Wiper Lever See Windshield Wipers on page 146 Instrument Panel Brightness Control See Instrument Panel Brightness on page 153 Hazard Warning Flasher Button See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 144 Passenger Air Bag Status Indicator See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 166 K Ortz S U Traction Control System Button See Traction Control System TCS on page 240 Audio System See Audio System s on page 184 Hood Release See Hood Release on page 295 Tilt Wheel Lever See Tilt Wheel on page 144 Power Mirror Control See Outside Power Mirrors on page 130 Power Window Switches See Power Windows on page 108 Automatic Transaxle Shift Lever See Automatic Transaxle Operation on page 118 Heated Seats Buttons See Heated Seats on page 11 Climate Control See Climate Control System on page 156 Glove Box See Glove Box on page 134 143 Hazard Warning Flashers The hazard warning flashers let you warn the police and others that you have a problem The front and rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off The hazard warning flasher button is located in the center of the instrument panel The h
351. tton again and the system automatically searches for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device displays 211 XM Radio Messages Radio Display Message Action Required XL Explicit Language XL on the radio display These channels or any others can be blocked at a Channels after the channel name customer s request by calling 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 indicates content with explicit language XM Updating Updating encryption code The encryption code in the receiver is being updated and no action is required This process should take no longer than 30 seconds No XM Signal Loss of signal The system is functioning correctly but the vehicle is in a location that is blocking the XM signal When you move into an open area the signal should return Loading XM Acquiring channel audio The audio system is acquiring and processing audio and text after four second delay data No action is needed This message should disappear shortly Channel Off Air Channel not in service This channel is not currently in service Tune to another channel Channel Unavail Channel no longer This previously assigned channel is no longer assigned Tune available to another station If this station was one of the presets choose another station for that preset button No Artist Info Artist Name Feature No artist information is available at this time on this channel no
352. tune to your favorite stations using the presets and steering wheel controls if the vehicle has them A CAUTION This system provides you with a far greater access to audio stations and song listings Giving extended attention to entertainment tasks while driving can cause a crash and you or others can be injured or killed Always keep your eyes on the road and your mind on the drive avoid engaging in extended searching while driving Keeping your mind on the drive is important for safe driving Here are some ways in which you can help avoid distraction while driving While your vehicle is parked e Familiarize yourself with all of its controls e Familiarize yourself with its operation e Set up your audio system by presetting your favorite radio stations setting the tone and adjusting the speakers Then when driving conditions permit you can tune to your favorite radio stations using the presets and steering wheel controls if the vehicle has them Notice Before adding any sound equipment to your vehicle such as an audio system CD player CB radio mobile telephone or two way radio make sure that it can be added by checking with your retailer Also check federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone units If sound equipment can be added it is very important to do it properly Added sound equipment may interfere with the operation of your vehicle s engine radio or other systems and even damage the
353. turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if e The right front passenger seat is unoccupied e The system determines that an infant is present in a rear facing infant seat e The system determines that a small child is present in a forward facing child restraint e The system determines that a small child is present in a booster seat e A right front passenger takes his her weight off of the seat for a period of time e The right front passenger seat is occupied by a smaller person such as a child who has outgrown child restraints e Or there is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag the off indicator on the instrument panel will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is off If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint following the child restraint manufacturers directions and refer to Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position on page 69 If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible
354. turn it counterclockwise left for the driver s side and clockwise right for the passenger s side 2 Close the door When you want to open a rear door when the security lock is on do the following 1 Unlock the door using the remote keyless entry transmitter the power door lock switch or by lifting the rear door manual lock 2 Open the door from the outside To cancel the rear door security lock do the following 1 Unlock the door and open it from the outside 2 Insert the key into the lock and turn it clockwise right for the driver s side and counterclockwise left for the passenger s side 105 Lockout Protection If you press the power door lock switch when the key is in the ignition and any door is open all the doors will lock and then the driver s door will unlock Be sure to remove the key from the ignition when locking your vehicle If the remote keyless entry transmitter is used to lock the doors while the key is in the ignition a chime will sound three times All doors will then lock Liftgate A CAUTION It can be dangerous to drive with the liftgate open because carbon monoxide CO gas can come into your vehicle You cannot see or smell CO It can cause CAUTION Continued 106 CAUTION Continued unconsciousness and even death If you must drive with the liftgate open or if electrical wiring or other cable connections must pass through the seal between the body and t
355. tus Indicator 166 Passenger Safety Belt Reminder 164 Reduced Engine Power cesce 178 Safety Belt Reminder eee 164 SECURE ES eaan 177 TCS Warning Light 5 60 enge 171 Traction Control System TCS Wamind arien eet ies 171 Light Auto Stop Mode o s 181 Lighting EMU ioscan A SEE ecu T ESPERSEN STN 154 Loading Your Vehicle 4 corner 264 Lockout Protection sssaaa 106 Locks Delayed Locking lerne 104 DOO aes Bite E E T E 103 Lockout Protection 22k 106 Power DOO cececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeees 104 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 104 Rear Door Security LOCKS 1 0 0 0 105 Loss Of Control vaoo een ta eea DEERE di 246 Low Coolant Warning Light 1 172 432 Low Fuel Warning Light 181 Low Traction Light cccseeeesseeeeeeeaeeeeees 171 Lumbar Manual Controls ccccseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeaeeees 11 Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services 008 395 At Each Fuel Fill 0 eee ee eee 398 At Least Once a Month nccc 398 At Least Once a Year nasses 398 IMMOCUCTION seansanna aSa 390 Maintenance Footnotes W u sseseeerereeeee 396 Maintenance Record W W u sseeeeeerererereerer 404 Maintenance Requirements 390 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts csser 402 Owner Checks and Services 2 397 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 401 Scheduled Maintenance cccceceees 392 USING oser s
356. two seconds A beep sounds and the level adjusts to the middle position To quickly adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middle position press the tune knob for more than two seconds until a beep sounds EQ Equalization Press this button to select preset equalization settings To return to the manual mode press the EQ button until Manual displays or start to manually adjust the bass midrange or treble by pressing the tune knob Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade BAL FADE Balance Fade To adjust balance or fade press the tune knob until the speaker control labels display Continue pressing to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under the desired label Turn the tune knob clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the highlighted setting The highlighted setting can also be adjusted by pressing either the SEEK FWD or REV button until the desired levels are obtained To quickly adjust balance or fade to the middle position press the pushbutton positioned under the BAL or FADE label for more than two seconds A beep sounds and the level adjusts to the middle position To quickly adjust all speaker and tone controls to the middle position press the tune knob for more than two seconds until a beep sounds Finding a Category CAT Station CAT Category The CAT button is used to find XM stations when the radio is in the XM mode To find XM channels within a desired cat
357. u must limit tongue weight to less than 1 000 Ibs 454 kg to avoid exceeding GVWR But you must still consider the effect on the rear axle Because your rear axle now weighs 3 100 Ibs 1 406 kg you can only put 900 Ibs 408 kg on the rear axle without exceeding RGAWR The effect of tongue weight is about 1 5 times the actual weight Dividing the 900 Ibs 408 kg by 1 5 leaves you with being able to handle only 600 Ibs 272 kg of tongue weight Since tongue weight is usually at least 10 percent of total loaded trailer weight you can expect that the largest trailer your vehicle can properly handle is 6 000 Ibs 2 721 kg It is important that you make sure your vehicle does not exceed any of its ratings GCWR GVWR RGAWR Maximum Trailer Rating or Tongue Weight The only way to be sure you are not exceeding any of these ratings is to weigh your vehicle and trailer Total Weight on Your Vehicle s Tires Be sure your vehicle s tires are inflated to the upper limit for cold tires You will find these numbers on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 264 Then be sure you don t go over the GVW limit for your vehicle or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR including the weight of the trailer tongue Hitches It s important to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks going by and rough roads are a few reasons why you will need the right hitch Here are some rules to follo
358. unit to the RSE Adapter connectors or cables might be required to connect the auxiliary device to the RCA jacks Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for proper usage 216 The RCA jacks are color coded to match typical home entertainment system equipment The yellow jack right is for the video input The white jack middle is for the left audio input The red jack left is for the right audio input The red connector must always be used in order for the DVD system to recognize that an external source is plugged in With the radio on the screen automatically switches to the rear auxiliary input when the red connector cable is inserted Power for auxiliary devices is not supplied by the radio system To use the auxiliary function connect a camcorder or a video game unit to the RCA jacks and turn on the auxiliary device To view a DVD insert the DVD into the CD DVD loading slot on the radio The system automatically switches to DVD and starts to play To switch between the auxiliary device and the DVD press the DVD AUX button on the radio faceplate or the SRCE source button on the remote control See DVD Player and Remote Control later in this section for more information Audio Output Only one audio source can be heard through the speakers at one time Press the power button to turn the radio on The radio can be heard through all of the vehicle speakers When a DVD is inserted playback is heard t
359. ur vision Pull the windshield wiper lever toward you to operate the windshield wipers Washer fluid will squirt onto the windshield and the wipers will run for a few cycles to clear the windshield For more wash cycles pull the lever toward you and hold it there 147 Rear Window Wiper Washer The band on the wiper lever with the smaller arrow operates the rear wiper washer Off Turn the band to this position to turn off the rear wiper AJ Rear Wiper Turn the band with the smaller arrow to this position to turn on the rear wiper To set for a shorter or longer delay between wipes turn the other band with the larger arrow pointing to the numbers 1 2 or 3 Select 3 for the most frequent movement select 1 for the least frequent The band with the arrow pointing to the numbers 1 2 or 3 will affect both the front and rear wipers if they are on at the same time J Wash Turn and hold the band in this position to spray washer fluid on the rear window The rear wiper will also come on Release the band when enough fluid has been sprayed on the window The rear wiper will run a few additional times after you release it The rear window washer uses the same fluid bottle as the windshield washer However the rear window washer will run out of fluid before the windshield washer If you can wash your windshield but not your rear window check the fluid level 148 Cruise Control With cruise control
360. use block is located under the engine cover on the driver s side of the engine compartment To access the fuse block remove the engine cover by pulling up on the cover and lifting it off the engine The hybrid underhood fuse block is the smaller of the two fuse blocks in the engine compartment and is located near the front of the vehicle 386 TRANS HILL HOLD PUMP HILL HOLD TRANS PUMP Fuses tage FILL HOLD Relays Use Capacities and Specifications EN ical English merc For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount see the refrigerant caution label located under the hood See your retailer for more information Coating System Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a Transaxle Bottom Pan Removal All capacities are approximate When adding be sure to fill to the approximate level as recommended in this manual Recheck fluid level after filling Engine Specifications Engine VIN code Spark Plug Gap ALLA 0 040 inches 1 01 mm 387 4 NOTES 388 Section 6 Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule 2 390 At Each Fuel Fil ccc oe nedad 398 IMMOGUCTION sisane iiaa ea 390 At Least Once a Month esserne 398 Maintenance Requirements W u sseceee 390 At Least Once a Year eee 398 Your Vehicle and the Environment 390 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 401 Using the Maintenance Schedule 390 Normal Maintenance Scheduled Mainte
361. utting a used wheel on your vehicle is dangerous You cannot know how it has been used or how far it has been driven It could fail suddenly and cause a crash If you have to replace a wheel use a new Saturn original equipment wheel 355 Tire Chains A CAUTION If your vehicle has P235 65R16 P235 60R17 or 245 50R18 size tires do not use tire chains there is not enough clearance Tire chains used on a vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the brakes suspension or other vehicle parts The area damaged by the tire chains could cause you to lose control of your vehicle and you or others may be injured in a crash CAUTION Continued 356 CAUTION Continued Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer recommends it for use on your vehicle and tire size combination and road conditions Follow that manufacturer s instructions To help avoid damage to your vehicle drive slowly readjust or remove the device if it s contacting your vehicle and do not spin your wheels If you do find traction devices that will fit install them on the front tires Notice If your vehicle has a tire size other than P235 65R16 P235 60R17 or 245 50R18 size tires use tire chains only where legal and only when you must Use only SAE Class S type chains that are the proper size for your tires Install them on the front tires and tighten them as tightly as possible wit
362. veloped Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs Some state provincial and local governments have or may begin programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration Here are some things you need to know in order to help your vehicle pass an inspection Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the check engine light is on or not working properly Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the OBD on board diagnostic system determines that critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed by the system The vehicle would be considered not ready for inspection This can happen if you have recently replaced your battery or if your battery has run down The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical emission control systems during normal driving This may take several days of routine driving If you have done this and your vehicle still does not pass the inspection for lack of OBD system readiness your retailer can prepare the vehicle for inspection 175 Oil Pressure Light If you have a low engine oil pressure problem this light will stay on after you start your engine or come on when you are driving This indicates that your engine is not receiving enough oil The engine could be low on oil or could have some other oil problem Have it fixed immediately The oil ligh
363. vice and information about towing a trailer with your vehicle 1 Put the front wheels on a dolly 2 Move the shift lever to PARK P 3 Set the parking brake and then remove the key 4 Notice Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your vehicle and result in costly Clamp the steering wheel in a straight ahead repairs not covered by your warranty To pull a position with a clamping device designed for trailer correctly follow the advice in this part towing and see your retailer for important information 5 Release the parking brake about towing a trailer with your vehicle 274 Your vehicle can tow a trailer if it is equipped with the proper trailer towing equipment To identify the trailering capacity of your vehicle you should read the information in Weight of the Trailer that appears later in this section Trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself Trailering means changes in handling acceleration braking durability and fuel economy Successful safe trailering takes correct equipment and it has to be used properly That s the reason for this part In it are many time tested important trailering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers So please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer Load pulling components such as the engine transaxle rear axle wheel assemblies and tires are forced to work harder against t
364. video screen At the same time the radio displays a softkey menu of options The first option tag located on the left hand side of the menu options displays alternately the play or pause symbols This indicates the system is loading the disc or is not yet ready to accept a play button press The displayed symbol arrow remains until the disc is completely loaded or Promos and Copyright information has ended The time can vary depending on the discs media type and format Once the DVD is loaded into the system a pause icon displays instead of the forward arrow This indicates the system is in play mode and the disc automatically starts playback Loading a disc into the system usually takes approximately 30 seconds for playback to begin If a DVD is already in the radio press the play pause button on the remote control or press the pushbutton located under the play symbol tag displayed on the radio to start playing the disc when the DVD system is active The DVD player might not accept some paper labeled media The DVD player video screen can only be turned on by pressing the power button on the remote control or by inserting a DVD 221 Playing an MP3 CD The CD player has the ability to recognize up to 255 folders and up to 255 files per folder to a maximum of 512 total MP3 selections on a CD Mixed media CD s are not supported Stopping and Resuming Playback To turn the RSE system off press the power button twi
365. w e The rear bumper on your vehicle is not intended for hitches Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper type hitches to it Use only a frame mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper e Will you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you install a trailer hitch If you do then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the hitch If you don t seal them deadly carbon monoxide CO from your exhaust can get into your vehicle See Engine Exhaust on page 125 Dirt and water can too 279 Safety Chains You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road if it becomes separated from the hitch Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer Follow the manufacturer s recommendation for attaching safety chains and do not attach them to the bumper Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your rig And never allow safety chains to drag on the ground Trailer Brakes Your vehicle has anti lock brakes Do not try to tap into your vehicle s hydraulic brake system If you do both your vehicle s brakes and your trailer s brakes will not work well or at all Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you ll be able to install adjust and maintain them properly 280 Driving with a
366. ward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked A safety belt that is improperly routed not properly attached or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured After raising the rear seatback always check to be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and attached and are not twisted 19 Lift the lever on the upper back corner of the seatback to move it to the desired position and then release it Push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked in place 20 Safety Belts Safety Belts They Are for Everyone This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts properly It also tells you some things you should not do with safety belts A CAUTION Do not let anyone ride where he or she cannot wear a safety belt properly If you are in a crash and you are not wearing a safety belt your injuries can be much worse You can hit things inside the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash you might not be if you are buckled up Always fasten your safety belt and check that your passengers belts are fastened properly too A CAUTION It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely
367. while waiting for your vehicle to be repaired Pre authorization original detailed receipts and a copy of the repair order are required Once authorization has been given your advisor will help you make any necessary arrangements and explain how to claim for trip interruption expense assistance e Alternative Service There may be times when Roadside Assistance cannot provide timely assistance Your advisor may authorize you to secure local emergency road service and you will be reimbursed up to 100 upon submission of the original receipt to Roadside Assistance In many instances mechanical failures are covered under Saturn s Bumper to Bumper warranty for U S customers and the duration of the Base Warranty Coverage for Canadian customers of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty However any cost for parts and labor for non warranty repairs are the responsibility of the driver 415 For prompt and efficient assistance when calling please provide the following to the Roadside Assistance Representatives e Your name home address and home telephone number e Telephone number of your location e Location of the vehicle e Model year color and license plate number e Odometer reading Vehicle Identification Number VIN and delivery date of the vehicle e Description of the problem While we hope you never have the occasion to use our service it is added security while traveling for you and your family Remember we are only a
368. y also transfer color to your vehicle s interior 370 When cleaning your vehicle s interior only use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned Permanent damage may result from using cleaners on surfaces for which they were not intended Use glass cleaner only on glass Remove any accidental over spray from other surfaces immediately To prevent over spray apply cleaner directly to the cleaning cloth Notice If you use abrasive cleaners when cleaning glass surfaces on your vehicle you could scratch the glass and or cause damage to the rear window defogger When cleaning the glass on your vehicle use only a soft cloth and glass cleaner Many cleaners contain solvents that may become concentrated in your vehicle s breathing space Before using cleaners read and adhere to all safety instructions on the label While cleaning your vehicle s interior maintain adequate ventilation by opening your vehicle s doors and windows Dust may be removed from small buttons and knobs using a small brush with soft bristles Your retailer has a product for cleaning your vehicle s glass Should it become necessary you can also obtain a product from your retailer to remove odors from your vehicle s upholstery Do not clean your vehicle using the following cleaners or techniques e Never use a knife or any other sharp object to remove a soil from any interior surface e Never use a stiff brush It can cause
369. ydroplaning is dangerous So much water can build up under your tires that they can actually ride on the water This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough When your vehicle is hydroplaning it has little or no contact with the road Hydroplaning does not happen often But it can if your tires do not have much tread or if the pressure in one or more is low It can happen if a lot of water is standing on the road If you can see reflections from trees telephone poles or other vehicles and raindrops dimple the water s surface there could be hydroplaning Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds There just is not a hard and fast rule about hydroplaning The best advice is to slow down when it is raining 249 Driving Through Deep Standing Water Notice If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or standing water water can come in through the engine s air intake and badly damage the engine Never drive through water that is slightly lower than the underbody of your vehicle If you cannot avoid deep puddles or standing water drive through them very slowly Driving Through Flowing Water A CAUTION Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces If you try to drive through flowing water as you might at a low water crossing your vehicle can be carried away CAUTION Continued 250 CAUTION Continued As little as six inches of flowing water can carry away a smaller vehicl
370. you have to act fast steer quickly and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly 243 Off Road Recovery You may find that your vehicle s right wheels have dropped off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while you are driving If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the pavement recovery should be fairly easy Ease off the accelerator and then if there is nothing in the way steer so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement You can turn the steering wheel up to one quarter turn until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge Then turn your steering wheel to go straight down the roadway 244 Passing The driver of a vehicle about to pass another on a two lane highway waits for just the right moment accelerates moves around the vehicle ahead then goes back into the right lane again A simple maneuver Not necessarily Passing another vehicle ona two lane highway is a potentially dangerous move since the passing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncoming traffic for several seconds A miscalculation an error in judgment or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can suddenly put the passing driver face to face with the worst of all traffic accidents the head on collision So here are some tips fo
371. you would set the inflation pressure for high speed driving at 35 psi 244 kPa for the front and rear tires Racing or other competitive driving may affect the warranty coverage of your vehicle See your warranty booklet for more information 347 Tire Inspection and Rotation Tires should be rotated every 5 000 to 8 000 miles 8 000 to 13 000 km Any time you notice unusual wear rotate your tires as soon as possible and check wheel alignment Also check for damaged tires or wheels See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 349 and Wheel Replacement on page 353 for more information The purpose of regular rotation is to achieve more uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle The first rotation is the most important See Scheduled Maintenance for additional information 348 When rotating your tires always use the correct rotation pattern shown here After the tires have been rotated adjust the front and rear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 264 for an example of the tire and loading information label and its location on your vehicle Make certain that all wheel nuts are properly When It Is Time for New Tires tightened See Wheel Nut Torque under Capacities and Specifications A CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after a time The wheel could come of
372. ystem parts After a very minor collision nothing may be necessary But if the belts were stretched as they would be if worn during a more severe crash then you need new parts If the LATCH system was being used during a more severe crash you may need new LATCH system parts If belts are cut or damaged replace them Collision damage also may mean you will need to have LATCH system safety belt or seat parts repaired or replaced New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the belt or LATCH system was not being used at the time of the collision If an airbag inflates you will need to replace airbag system parts See the part on the airbag system earlier in this section If the frontal airbags inflate you will also need to replace the driver and front passenger s safety belt retractor assembly Be sure to do so Then the new retractor assembly will be there to help protect you in a collision After a crash you may need to replace the driver and front passenger s safety belt retractor assemblies even if the frontal airbags have not deployed The driver and front passenger s safety belt retractor assemblies contain the safety belt pretensioners Have your safety belt pretensioners checked if your vehicle has been in a collision or if your airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle or while you are driving See Airbag Readiness Light on page 165 95 4 NOTES 96 Section 2 Features and Contro

Saturn 2004 Ion Automobile User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents